Document:

Third Supplemental Trust Deed

 Exhibit 4.6 – Third Supplemental Trust Deed relating to the £750,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note
Programme dated 
 August 28, 2003 
  
 THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL TRUST DEED 
  
 modifying and restating the provisions of 
 the Trust Deed dated 26th October, 2001 
 (as previously modified and restated) 
 relating to the 
 £750,000,000

 Euro Medium Term Note Programme 
  
 DATED 28TH AUGUST, 2003 
  
 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC 
  
 - AND - 
  
 TOMKINS PLC 
  
 - AND - 
  
 THE LAW DEBENTURE TRUST CORPORATION
p.l.c. 
  
 FOR TOMKINS FINANCE PLC AND TOMKINS PLC AS TO
ENGLISH LAW: 
  
 SLAUGHTER AND MAY 
 ONE BUNHILL ROW 
 LONDON EC1Y 8YY

  
 FOR THE LAW DEBENTURE TRUST CORPORATION p.l.c.

 AS TO ENGLISH LAW: 
  
 ALLEN & OVERY 
 London 

 CONTENTS 
  

					
	Clause	  	 	  	Page

	1.	  	Definitions	  	1
	2.	  	Amount and Issue of the Notes	  	12
	3.	  	Forms of the Notes	  	15
	4.	  	Fees, Duties and Taxes	  	17
	5.	  	Covenant of Compliance	  	17
	6.	  	Cancellation of Notes and Records	  	17
	7.	  	Guarantee	  	18
	8.	  	Non-Payment	  	21
	9.	  	Proceedings, Action and Indemnification	  	21
	10.	  	Application of Moneys	  	21
	11.	  	Notice of Payments	  	22
	12.	  	Investment by Trustee	  	22
	13.	  	Partial Payments	  	22
	14.	  	Covenants by the Issuer and the Guarantor	  	23
	15.	  	Remuneration and Indemnification of Trustee	  	26
	16.	  	Supplement to Trustee Acts	  	27
	17.	  	Trustee’s Liability	  	31
	18.	  	Trustee Contracting with the Issuer and the Guarantor	  	31
	19.	  	Waiver, Authorisation and Determination	  	32
	20.	  	Holder of Definitive Note assumed to be Receiptholder and Couponholder	  	33
	21.	  	Currency Indemnity	  	33
	22.	  	New Trustee	  	34
	23.	  	Substitution	  	34
	24.	  	Trustee’s Retirement and Removal	  	35
	25.	  	Trustee’s Powers to be Additional	  	36
	26.	  	Notices	  	36
	27.	  	Governing Law	  	37
	28.	  	Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999	  	37
	29.	  	Counterparts	  	37

  
 Schedule 
  

							
	1.	  	 Terms and Conditions of the Notes
	  	38
	2.	  	 Forms of Global and Definitive Notes, Receipts, Coupons and Talons
	  	60
	 	  	 Part 1
	  	 Form of Temporary Global Note
	  	60
	 	  	 Part 2
	  	 Form of Permanent Global Note
	  	69
	 	  	 Part 3
	  	 Form of Definitive Note
	  	78
	 	  	 Part 4
	  	 Form of Receipt
	  	82
	 	  	 Part 5
	  	 Form of Coupon
	  	83
	 	  	 Part 6
	  	 Form of Talon
	  	84
	 	  	 Part 7
	  	 Form of Certificate to be presented by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg
	  	86
	3.	  	Provisions for Meetings of Noteholders	  	90

 THIS THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL TRUST DEED is made on 28th August, 2003 BETWEEN: 
  

	(1)	TOMKINS FINANCE PLC, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, whose registered office is at East Putney House, 84 Upper Richmond Road, London SW15 2ST,
England (Finance); 

  

	(2)	TOMKINS PLC, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, whose registered office is at East Putney House, 84 Upper Richmond Road, London SW15 2ST, England
(Tomkins); and 

  

	(3)	THE LAW DEBENTURE TRUST CORPORATION p.l.c., a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, whose registered office is at Fifth Floor, 100 Wood Street, London
EC2V 7EX, England (the Trustee, which expression shall, wherever the context so admits, include such company and all other persons or companies for the time being the trustee or trustees of these presents) as trustee for the Noteholders, the
Receiptholders and the Couponholders (each as defined below). 

  
 WHEREAS: 
  

	(A)	This Third Supplemental Trust Deed is supplemental to: 

  

	 	(i)	the Trust Deed dated 26th October, 2001 (hereinafter called the Principal Trust Deed) made between Tomkins and the Trustee and relating to the £750,000,000 Global (now
Euro) Medium Term Note Programme established by Tomkins (the Programme); 

  

	 	(ii)	the First Supplemental Trust Deed dated 5th November, 2002 (hereinafter called the First Supplemental Trust Deed) made between Tomkins and the Trustee and modifying and
restating the Principal Trust Deed; and 

  

	 	(iii)	the Second Supplemental Trust Deed dated 19th August, 2003 made between Tomkins, Finance and the Trustee under which Finance guaranteed repayment of the £150,000,000 8 per
cent. Notes due 2011 issued by Tomkins under the Programme (together with the Principal Trust Deed and the First Supplemental Trust Deed, the Subsisting Trust Deeds). 

  

	(B)	On the date hereof Tomkins published a modified and updated Offering Circular relating to the Programme. 

  

	(C)	Clause 18(B) of the Principal Trust Deed provides, inter alia, that the Trustee may without the consent or sanction of the Noteholders, the Receiptholders or the
Couponholders at any time and from time to time concur with the Issuer in making any modification to these presents which in the opinion of the Trustee it may be proper to make provided that the Trustee is of the opinion that such modification will
not be materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders. 

  

	(D)	Tomkins has been replaced by Finance as the Issuer under the Programme and Tomkins has agreed to guarantee Notes issued under the Programme by Finance on and after the date hereof
in the manner described herein. 

  

 1 

	(E)	Tomkins has requested the Trustee to concur in making modifications to the Principal Trust Deed to reflect the relevant modifications to the Offering Circular referred to in Recital
(D) above. 

  

	(F)	The Trustee, being of the opinion that the modifications referred to in Recital (D) above are not materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders, has concurred with
Tomkins in making such modifications and, as evidenced by its execution hereof, has agreed that notice of such modifications need not be given to the Noteholders. 

  
 NOW THIS THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL TRUST DEED WITNESSES AND IT IS HEREBY AGREED AND DECLARED AS FOLLOWS: 
  

	1.	Subject as otherwise provided in this Third Supplemental Trust Deed and unless there is something in the subject matter or context inconsistent therewith all words and expressions
defined in the Principal Trust Deed shall have the same meanings in this Third Supplemental Trust Deed. 

  

	2.	Save: 

  

	 	(a)	in relation to all Series of Notes issued during the period up to and including the day last preceding the date of this Third Supplemental Trust Deed and any Notes issued on or
after the date of this Third Supplemental Trust Deed so as to be consolidated and form a single Series with the Notes of any Series issued during the period up to and including such last preceding day; and 

  

	 	(b)	for the purpose (where necessary) of construing the provisions of this Third Supplemental Trust Deed, 

  
 with effect on and from the date of this Third Supplemental Trust Deed, the Principal Trust Deed is modified in such manner
as would result in the Principal Trust Deed being in the form set out in the Schedule hereto. 
  

	3.	The Subsisting Trust Deeds and this Third Supplemental Trust Deed shall henceforth be read and construed as one document. 

  

	4.	A Memorandum of this Third Supplemental Trust Deed shall be endorsed by the Trustee on the Principal Trust Deed and by Tomkins on its duplicate thereof. 

  
 IN WITNESS whereof this Third Supplemental Trust Deed has been executed by Finance, Tomkins
and the Trustee as a deed and entered into the day and year first above written. 
  

 2 

 SCHEDULE 
  

FORM OF MODIFIED PRINCIPAL TRUST DEED 
  
 DATED 26TH OCTOBER, 2001 
  
 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC 
  
 - and - 
  
 TOMKINS PLC 
  
 - and - 
  
 THE LAW DEBENTURE TRUST CORPORATION
p.l.c. 
  

  
 TRUST DEED 
 (as modified and restated
on 28th August, 2003) 
 relating to a 
 £750,000,000 
 Euro Medium Term Note Programme 
  

  
 For Tomkins Finance plc and Tomkins plc as to English law: 
  
 SLAUGHTER AND MAY 
 One Bunhill Row

 London EC1Y 8YY 
  
 For The Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. 
 as to English law: 
  
 ALLEN & OVERY

 One New Change 
 London EC4M 9QQ 
  

 THIS TRUST DEED is made on 26th October, 2001 BETWEEN: 
  

	(1)	TOMKINS FINANCE PLC, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, whose registered office is at East Putney House, 84 Upper Richmond Road, London SW15 2ST,
England (the Issuer or Finance); 

  

	(2)	TOMKINS PLC, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, whose registered office is at East Putney House, 84 Upper Richmond Road, London SW15 2ST (the
Guarantor or Tomkins); and 

  

	(3)	THE LAW DEBENTURE TRUST CORPORATION p.l.c., a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, whose registered office is at Fifth Floor, 100 Wood Street, London
EC2V 7EX (the Trustee, which expression shall, wherever the context so admits, include such company and all other persons or companies for the time being the trustee or trustees of these presents) as trustee for the Noteholders, the
Receiptholders and the Couponholders (each as defined below). 

  
 WHEREAS: 
  

	(A)	By a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer passed on 28th August, 2003 the Issuer has been duly authorised to accede to and to update the Programme pursuant to which
the Issuer may from time to time issue Notes as set out herein. Notes up to a maximum nominal amount (calculated in accordance with Clause 3(6) of the Programme Agreement (as defined below)) from time to time outstanding of £750,000,000
(subject to increase as provided in the Programme Agreement) (the Programme Limit) may be issued pursuant to the said Programme. 

  

	(B)	By a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Guarantor passed on 27th August, 2003 and by a resolution of a committee of the Guarantor delegated to do so by its Board of
Directors, passed on 27th August, 2003 the Guarantor has agreed to guarantee the said Notes and to enter into certain covenants as set out in this Trust Deed. 

  

	(C)	The Trustee has agreed to act as trustee of these presents for the benefit of the Noteholders, the Receiptholders and the Couponholders upon and subject to the terms and conditions
of these presents. 

  
 NOW THIS TRUST DEED WITNESSES AND IT IS
AGREED AND DECLARED as follows: 
  

	1.	DEFINITIONS 

  

	1.1	In these presents unless there is anything in the subject or context inconsistent therewith the following expressions shall have the following meanings: 

  
 Agency Agreement means the agreement dated 26th October, 2001 as
amended and/or supplemented and/or restated from time to time, pursuant to which the Issuer and the Guarantor have appointed the Agent and the other Paying Agents in relation to all or any Series of the Notes and any other agreement for the time
being in force appointing further or other Paying Agents or another principal paying agent in relation to all or any Series of the Notes, or in connection with their duties, the terms of which have previously been approved in writing by the Trustee,
together with any agreement for the time being in force amending or modifying with the prior written approval of the Trustee any of the aforesaid agreements; 
  

 1 

 Agent means, in relation to all or any Series of the Notes, The Bank of New York, London Branch at
its office at One Canada Square, London E14 5AL, England or, if applicable, any Successor principal paying agent in relation to all or any Series of the Notes; 
  

Appointee means any attorney, manager, agent, delegate or other person appointed by the Trustee under these presents; 
  
 Auditors means the auditors for the time being of the Issuer or the
Guarantor (as the case may be) or, in the event of their being unable or unwilling promptly to carry out any action requested of them pursuant to the provisions of these presents, such other firm of accountants as may be nominated or approved by the
Trustee for the purposes of these presents; 
  
 Calculation
Agent means, in relation to all or any Series of the Notes, the person initially appointed as calculation agent in relation to such Notes by the Issuer pursuant to the Agency Agreement or, if applicable, any Successor calculation agent in
relation to all or any Series of the Notes; 
  
 Clearstream,
Luxembourg means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme; 
  
 Conditions means, in relation to the Notes of any Series, the terms and conditions endorsed on or incorporated by reference into the Note or Notes constituting such Series, such terms and conditions being in or
substantially in the form set out in Schedule 1 or in such other form, having regard to the terms of the Notes of the relevant Series, as may be agreed between the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s) as modified and
supplemented by the Pricing Supplement applicable to the Notes of the relevant Series, in each case as from time to time modified in accordance with the provisions of these presents; 
  
 Coupon means an interest coupon appertaining to a definitive Note (other than a Zero Coupon Note), such coupon being:

  

	 	(a)	if appertaining to a Fixed Rate Note, in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part 5A of Schedule 2 or in such other form, having regard to the terms of issue of the
Notes of the relevant Series, as may be agreed between the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s); or 

  

	 	(b)	if appertaining to a Floating Rate Note or an Index Linked Interest Note, in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part 5B of Schedule 2 or in such other form, having
regard to the terms of issue of the Notes of the relevant Series, as may be agreed between the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s); or 

  

	 	(c)	if appertaining to a definitive Note which is neither a Fixed Rate Note nor a Floating Rate Note nor an Index Linked Interest Note, in such form as may be agreed between the Issuer,
the Guarantor, the Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s), 

  
 and includes, where applicable, the Talon(s) appertaining thereto and any replacements for Coupons and Talons issued pursuant to Condition 12; 
  
 Couponholders means the several persons who are for the time being holders of the Coupons and includes, where
applicable, the Talonholders; 
  

 2 

 Dealers means ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Barclays Bank PLC, BNP Paribas, Citigroup Global Markets
Limited, Dresdner Bank AG London Branch, HSBC Bank plc, J.P. Morgan Securities Ltd. and UBS Limited and any other entity which the Issuer and the Guarantor may appoint as a Dealer and notice of whose appointment has been given to the Agent and the
Trustee by the Issuer in accordance with the provisions of the Programme Agreement but excluding any entity whose appointment has been terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Programme Agreement and notice of such termination has been
given to the Agent and the Trustee by the Issuer in accordance with the provisions of the Programme Agreement and references to a relevant Dealer or the relevant Dealer(s) mean, in relation to any Tranche or Series of Notes, the Dealer
or Dealers with whom the Issuer and the Guarantor have agreed the issue of the Notes of such Tranche or Series and Dealer means any one of them; 
  
 Definitive Note means a Note in definitive form issued or, as the case may require, to be issued by the Issuer in accordance with the provisions of
the Programme Agreement or any other agreement between the Issuer, the Guarantor and the relevant Dealer(s), the Agency Agreement and these presents in exchange for either a Temporary Global Note or part thereof or a Permanent Global Note (all as
indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement), such Note in definitive form being in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part III of the Second Schedule with such modifications (if any) as may be agreed between the Issuer, the
Guarantor, the Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s) and having the Conditions endorsed thereon or, if permitted by the relevant Stock Exchange, incorporating the Conditions by reference as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement and
having the relevant information supplementing, replacing or modifying the Conditions appearing in the applicable Pricing Supplement endorsed thereon or attached thereto and (except in the case of a Zero Coupon Note) having Coupons and, where
appropriate, Receipts and/or Talons attached thereto on issue; 
  
 Directors means the Board of Directors for the time being of the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor; 
  
 Dual Currency Interest Note means a Note in respect of which payments of interest are made or to be made in such different currencies, and at rates
of exchange calculated upon such basis, as the Issuer, the Guarantor and the relevant Dealer may agree (as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement); 
  
 Dual Currency Note means a Dual Currency Interest Note and/or a Dual Currency Redemption Note, as applicable; 
  
 Dual Currency Redemption Note means a Note in respect of which
payments of principal are made or to be made in such different currencies, and at rates of exchange calculated upon such basis, as the Issuer, the Guarantor and the relevant Dealer(s) may agree (as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement);

  
 Early Redemption Amount has the meaning ascribed
thereto in Condition 8(e); 
  
 Euroclear means Euroclear
Bank S.A./N.V. as operator of the Euroclear System; 
  
 Event
of Default means any of the conditions, events or acts provided in Condition 11 to be events upon the happening of which the Notes of any Series would, subject only to notice by the Trustee as therein provided, become immediately due and
repayable; 
  

 3 

 Extraordinary Resolution has the meaning set out in paragraph 20 of 0; 
  
 Fixed Rate Note means a Note on which interest is calculated at a
fixed rate payable in arrear on a fixed date or fixed dates in each year and on redemption or on such other dates as may be agreed between the Issuer, the Guarantor and the relevant Dealer(s) (as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement);

  
 Floating Rate Note means a Note on which interest is
calculated at a floating rate payable in arrear in respect of such period or on such date(s) as may be agreed between the Issuer, the Guarantor and the relevant Dealer(s) (as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement); 
  
 Global Note means a Temporary Global Note and/or a Permanent Global
Note, as the context may require; 
  
 Index Linked Interest
Note means a Note in respect of which the amount payable in respect of interest is calculated by reference to an index and/or a formula as the Issuer, the Guarantor and the relevant Dealer(s) may agree (as indicated in the applicable Pricing
Supplement); 
  
 Index Linked Note means an Index Linked
Interest Note and/or an Index Linked Redemption Note, as applicable; 
  
 Index Linked Redemption Note means a Note in respect of which the amount payable in respect of principal is calculated by reference to an index and/or a formula as the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) may agree (as indicated in the
applicable Pricing Supplement); 
  
 Interest Commencement
Date means, in the case of interest-bearing Notes, the date specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement from (and including) which such Notes bear interest, which may or may not be the Issue Date; 
  
 Interest Payment Date means, in relation to any Floating Rate Note or
Index Linked Interest Note, either: 
  

	 	(a)	the date which falls the number of months or other period specified as the “Specified Period” in the applicable Pricing Supplement after the preceding Interest Payment
Date or the Interest Commencement Date (in the case of the first Interest Payment Date); or 

  

	 	(b)	such date or dates as are indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement; 

  
 Issue Date means, in respect of any Note, the date of issue and purchase of such Note pursuant to and in accordance with the Programme Agreement or
any other agreement between the Issuer, the Guarantor and the relevant Dealer(s) being, in the case of any Definitive Note represented initially by a Global Note, the same date as the date of issue of the Global Note which initially represented such
Note; 
  
 Issue Price means the price, generally expressed
as a percentage of the nominal amount of the Notes, at which the Notes will be issued; 
  
 Liability means any loss, damage, cost, charge, claim, demand, expense, judgment, action, proceeding or other liability whatsoever (including, without limitation in respect of taxes, duties, levies, imposts and
other charges) and including any amount in respect of value added 

  

 4 

 
tax or similar tax charged or chargeable in respect thereof and legal fees and expenses on a full indemnity basis; 
  
 London Business Day has the meaning set out in Condition 5(b)(v);

  
 London Stock Exchange means the London Stock Exchange
plc or such other body to which its functions have been transferred; 
  
 Material Subsidiary means at any time a Subsidiary of the Guarantor (excluding the Issuer), as the case may be,: 
  

	 	(a)	whose turnover (consolidated in the case of a Subsidiary which itself has Subsidiaries) or whose total assets (consolidated in the case of a Subsidiary which itself has
Subsidiaries) represent (or, in the case of a Subsidiary acquired after the end of the financial period to which the then latest relevant audited consolidated accounts of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries relate, are equal to) not less than 5 per
cent. of the consolidated turnover of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or, as the case may be, 15 per cent. of the consolidated total assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, all as calculated respectively
by reference to the then latest audited accounts (consolidated or, as the case may be, unconsolidated) of such Subsidiary and the then latest audited consolidated accounts of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, provided that:

  

	 	(i)	in the case of a Subsidiary acquired after the end of the financial period to which the then latest relevant audited consolidated accounts relate, the reference to the then latest
audited consolidated accounts for the purposes of the calculation above shall, until consolidated accounts for the financial period in which the acquisition is made have been prepared and audited as aforesaid, be deemed to be a reference to such
first-mentioned accounts as if such Subsidiary had been shown in such accounts by reference to its then latest relevant audited accounts, adjusted as deemed appropriate by the Auditors; and 

  

	 	(ii)	if, in the case of a Subsidiary which itself has Subsidiaries, no consolidated accounts are prepared and audited, its consolidated turnover and consolidated total assets shall be
determined on the basis of pro forma consolidated accounts of the relevant Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries prepared and audited for this purpose by the Auditors or the auditors for the time being of the relevant Subsidiary; or

  

	 	(b)	 to which is transferred (whether by one transaction or a series of transactions, whether related or not) the whole or substantially the whole of the undertaking and
assets of a Subsidiary of the Guarantor which immediately prior to such transfer is a Material Subsidiary by virtue of sub-paragraph (a) above, provided that the transferor Subsidiary shall upon such transfer forthwith cease to be a Material
Subsidiary and the transferee Subsidiary shall cease to be a Material Subsidiary pursuant to this sub-paragraph (b) on the date on which the consolidated accounts of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the financial period current at the date of
such transfer have been prepared and audited as aforesaid but so that such transferor Subsidiary or such transferee Subsidiary may be a Material Subsidiary on or at any time after the date on which such consolidated accounts have been prepared and
audited as aforesaid by 

  

 5 

	 	 
virtue of the provisions of sub-paragraph (a) above or before, on or at any time after such date by virtue of the provisions of this sub-paragraph (b) or
sub-paragraph (c) below; or 

  

	 	(c)	to which is transferred (whether by one transaction or a series of transactions, whether related or not) an undertaking or assets which, taken together with the undertaking or
assets of the transferee Subsidiary, generated (or, in the case of the transferee Subsidiary being acquired after the end of the financial period to which the then latest relevant audited consolidated accounts of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries
relate, generate turnover equal to) not less than 5 per cent. of the consolidated turnover of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or represent (or, in the case aforesaid, are equal to) not less than 15 per cent. of the consolidated
total assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, all as calculated as referred to in sub-paragraph (a) above, provided that the transferor Subsidiary (if a Material Subsidiary shall upon such transfer forthwith cease to be a
Material Subsidiary unless immediately following such transfer its undertaking and assets generate (or, in the case aforesaid, generate turnover equal to) not less than 5 per cent. of the consolidated turnover of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries
taken as a whole, or its assets represent (or, in the case aforesaid, are equal to) not less than 15 per cent. of the consolidated total assets, of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, all as calculated as referred to in
sub-paragraph (a) above, and the transferee Subsidiary shall cease to be a Material Subsidiary pursuant to this sub-paragraph (c) on the date on which the consolidated accounts of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the financial period current
at the date of such transfer have been prepared and audited but so that such transferor Subsidiary or such transferee Subsidiary may be a Material Subsidiary on or at any time after the date on which such consolidated accounts have been prepared and
audited as aforesaid by virtue of the provisions of sub-paragraph (a) above or before, on or at any time after such date by virtue of the provisions of this sub-paragraph (c) or sub-paragraph (b) above. 

  
 For the purposes of this definition if there shall at any time not be any
relevant audited consolidated accounts of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, references thereto herein shall be deemed to refer to a consolidation by the Auditors of the relevant audited accounts of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries. 

 
 The certificate or report of the Auditors that in their opinion a
Subsidiary of the Guarantor is or is not or was or was not at any particular time or throughout any specified period a Material Subsidiary may be relied upon by the Trustee without further enquiry or evidence and, if relied upon by the Trustee,
shall, in the absence of manifest or proven error, be conclusive and binding on all concerned; 
  
 Maturity Date means the date on which a Note is expressed to be redeemable; 
  
 month means calendar month; 
  

Note means a note issued pursuant to the Programme and denominated in such currency or currencies as may be agreed between the Issuer, the
Guarantor and the relevant Dealer(s) which has such maturity and denomination as may be agreed between the Issuer, the Guarantor, and the relevant Dealer(s) and issued or to be issued by the Issuer pursuant to the Programme Agreement or any other
agreement between the Issuer, the Guarantor and the relevant Dealer(s) relating to the Programme, the Agency Agreement and these presents and 

  

 6 

 
which shall either (a) initially be represented by, and comprised in, a Temporary Global Note which may (in accordance with the terms of such Temporary
Global Note) be exchanged for Definitive Notes or a Permanent Global Note which Permanent Global Note may (in accordance with the terms of such Permanent Global Note) in turn be exchanged for Definitive Notes or (b) be represented by, and comprised
in, a Permanent Global Note which may (in accordance with the terms of such Permanent Global Note) be exchanged for Definitive Notes (all as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement) and includes any replacements for a Note issued pursuant to
Condition 12; 
  
 Noteholders means the several persons
who are for the time being holders of outstanding Notes save that, in respect of the Notes of any Series, for so long as such Notes or any part thereof are represented by a Global Note deposited with a common depositary for Euroclear and
Clearstream, Luxembourg, each person who is for the time being shown in the records of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg (other than Clearstream, Luxembourg, if Clearstream, Luxembourg shall be an accountholder of Euroclear and Euroclear, if
Euroclear shall be an accountholder of Clearstream, Luxembourg) as the holder of a particular nominal amount of the Notes of such Series shall be deemed to be the holder of such nominal amount of such Notes (and the holder of the relevant Global
Note shall be deemed not to be the holder) for all purposes of these presents other than with respect to the payment of principal or interest on such nominal amount of such Notes the rights to which shall be vested, as against the Issuer, the
Guarantor and the Trustee, solely in such common depositary and for which purpose such common depositary shall be deemed to be the holder of such nominal amount of such Notes in accordance with and subject to its terms and the provisions of these
presents and the expressions Noteholder, holder and holder of Notes and related expressions shall be construed accordingly; 
  
 notice means, in respect of a notice to be given to Noteholders, a notice validly given pursuant to Condition 15; 
  
 Official List means the official list maintained by the UK Listing
Authority; 
  
 outstanding means, in relation to the Notes
of all or any Series, all the Notes of such Series issued other than: 
  

	 	(a)	those Notes which have been redeemed pursuant to these presents; 

  

	 	(b)	those Notes in respect of which the date (including, where applicable, any deferred date) for redemption in accordance with the Conditions has occurred and the redemption moneys
(including all interest payable thereon) have been duly paid to the Trustee or to the Agent in the manner provided in the Agency Agreement (and where appropriate notice to that effect has been given to the relative Noteholders in accordance with
Condition 15) and remain available for payment against presentation of the relevant Notes and/or Receipts and/or Coupons; 

  

	 	(c)	those Notes which have been purchased and cancelled in accordance with Conditions 8(h) and (i); 

  

	 	(d)	those Notes which have become void or in respect of which claims have become prescribed, in each case under Condition 10; 

  

 7 

	 	(e)	those mutilated or defaced Notes which have been surrendered and cancelled and in respect of which replacements have been issued pursuant to Condition 12; 

 

	 	(f)	(for the purpose only of ascertaining the nominal amount of the Notes outstanding and without prejudice to the status for any other purpose of the relevant Notes) those Notes which
are alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed and in respect of which replacements have been issued pursuant to Condition 12; and 

  

	 	(g)	any Global Note to the extent that it shall have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or another Global Note pursuant to its provisions, the provisions of these presents and the
Agency Agreement, 

  
 PROVIDED THAT for each of the following
purposes, namely: 
  

	(a)	the right to attend and vote at any meeting of the holders of the Notes of any Series; 

  

	(b)	the determination of how many and which Notes of any Series are for the time being outstanding for the purposes of Clause 9.1, Conditions 11 and 16 and paragraphs 2, 5, 6 and 9 of
0; 

  

	(c)	any discretion, power or authority (whether contained in these presents or vested by operation of law) which the Trustee is required, expressly or impliedly, to exercise in or by
reference to the interests of the holders of the Notes of any Series; and 

  

	(d)	the determination by the Trustee whether any event, circumstance, matter or thing is, in its opinion, materially prejudicial to the interests of the holders of the Notes of any
Series, 

  
 those Notes of the relevant Series (if
any) which are for the time being held by or on behalf of the Issuer, the Guarantor, any Subsidiary of the Issuer or the Guarantor, any holding company of the Issuer or the Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of such holding company, in each case as
beneficial owner, shall (unless and until ceasing to be so held) be deemed not to remain outstanding; 
  
 Paying Agents means, in relation to all or any Series of the Notes, the several institutions (including, where the context permits, the Agent) at
their respective specified offices initially appointed as paying agents in relation to such Notes by the Issuer and the Guarantor pursuant to the Agency Agreement and/or, if applicable, any Successor paying agents at their respective specified
offices in relation to all or any Series of the Notes; 
  
 Permanent Global Note means a global note in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part 2 of Schedule 2 with such modifications (if any) as may be agreed between the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Agent, the Trustee and the
relevant Dealer(s), together with the copy of the applicable Pricing Supplement annexed thereto issued by the Issuer pursuant to the Programme Agreement or any other agreement between the Issuer, the Guarantor and the relevant Dealer(s) relating to
the Programme, the Agency Agreement and these presents in exchange for the whole or part of any Temporary Global Note; 
  
 Potential Event of Default means any condition, event or act which, with the lapse of time and/or the issue, making or giving of any notice,
certification, declaration, demand, determination and/or request and/or the taking of any similar action and/or the fulfilment of any similar condition, would constitute an Event of Default; 
  

 8 

 Pricing Supplement has the meaning set out in the Programme Agreement; 
  
 Programme means the Euro Medium Term Note Programme established by,
or otherwise contemplated in, the Programme Agreement; 
  
 Programme Agreement means the agreement of even date herewith between the Issuer and the Dealers named therein (or deemed named therein) concerning the purchase of Notes to be issued pursuant to the Programme together with any
agreement for the time being in force amending, replacing, novating or modifying such agreement and any accession letters and/or agreements supplemental thereto; 
  
 Receipt means a receipt attached on issue to a Definitive Note redeemable in instalments for the payment of an
instalment of principal, such receipt being in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part 4 of Schedule 2 or in such other form as may be agreed between the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s) and
includes any replacements for Receipts issued pursuant to Condition 12; 
  
 Receiptholders means the several persons who are for the time being holders of the Receipts; 
  
 Relevant Date has the meaning set out in Condition 9; 
  
 repay, redeem and pay shall each include both of the others and cognate expressions shall be construed accordingly; 
  
 Series means a Tranche of Notes together with any further Tranche or
Tranches of Notes which are (a) expressed to be consolidated and form a single series and (b) identical in all respects (including as to listing) except for their respective Issue Dates, Interest Commencement Dates and/or Issue Prices and the
expressions Notes of the relevant Series, holders of Notes of the relevant Series and related expressions shall be construed accordingly; 
  
 Stock Exchange means the London Stock Exchange or any other or further stock exchange(s) on which any Notes may from time to time be listed, and
references in these presents to the “relevant Stock Exchange” shall, in relation to any Notes, be references to the Stock Exchange on which such Notes are, from time to time, or are intended to be, listed; 
  
 Subsidiary means any company which is for the time being a subsidiary
(within the meaning of Section 736 of the Companies Act 1985 of Great Britain); 
  
 Successor means, in relation to the Agent, the other Paying Agents and the Calculation Agent, any successor to any one or more of them in relation to the Notes which shall become such pursuant to the provisions
of these presents and/or the Agency Agreement (as the case may be) and/or such other or further principal paying agent, paying agents, in relation to the Notes as may (with the prior approval of, and on terms previously approved by, the Trustee in
writing) from time to time be appointed as such, and/or, if applicable, such other or further specified offices (in the case of the Agent being within the same city as those for which it is they are substituted) as may from time to time be
nominated, in each case by the Issuer and the Guarantor, and (except in the case of the initial appointments and specified offices made under and specified in the Conditions and/or the Agency Agreement, as the case may be) notice of whose
appointment or, as the case may be, nomination has been given to the Noteholders; 
  

 9 

 Talonholders means the several persons who are for the time being holders of the Talons;

  
 Talons means the talons (if any) appertaining to, and
exchangeable in accordance with the provisions therein contained for further Coupons appertaining to, the Definitive Notes (other than Zero Coupon Notes), such talons being in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part 6 of Schedule 2 or
in such other form as may be agreed between the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s) and includes any replacements for Talons issued pursuant to Condition 12; 
  
 Temporary Global Note means a temporary global note in the form or
substantially in the form set out in Part 1 of Schedule 2 together with the copy of the applicable Pricing Supplement annexed thereto with such modifications (if any) as may be agreed between the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Agent, the Trustee and the
relevant Dealer(s) issued by the Issuer pursuant to the Programme Agreement or any other agreement between the Issuer, the Guarantor and the relevant Dealer(s) relating to the Programme, the Agency Agreement and these presents; 
  
 these presents means this Trust Deed and the Schedules and any trust
deed supplemental hereto and the Schedules (if any) thereto and the Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons, the Talons, the Conditions and, unless the context otherwise requires, the Pricing Supplements, all as from time to time modified in accordance
with the provisions herein or therein contained; 
  
 Tranche means all Notes which are identical in all respects (including as to listing); 
  
 Trust Corporation means a corporation entitled by rules made under the Public Trustee Act 1906 of Great Britain or entitled pursuant to any other
comparable legislation applicable to a trustee in any other jurisdiction to carry out the functions of a custodian trustee; 
  
 Trustee Acts means the Trustee Act 1925 and the Trustee Act 2000; 
  
 UK Listing Authority means the Financial Services Authority in its capacity as competent authority under the
Financial Services and Markets Act 2000; 
  
 Zero Coupon Note
means a Note on which no interest is payable; 
  
 words
denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa; 
  
 words denoting one gender only shall include the other genders; and 
  
 words denoting persons only shall include firms and corporations and vice versa. 
  

						
	1.2	  	(a	)	 	All references in these presents to principal and/or principal amount and/or interest in respect of the Notes or to any moneys payable by the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor
under these presents shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be construed in accordance with Condition 8(e).
			
	 	  	(b	)	 	All references in these presents to any statute or any provision of any statute shall be deemed also to refer to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof or any statutory
instrument, order or regulation made thereunder or under any such modification or re-enactment.

  

 10 

	 	(c)	All references in these presents to guarantees or to an obligation being guaranteed shall be deemed to include respectively references to indemnities or to an indemnity being given
in respect thereof. 

  

	 	(d)	All references in these presents to any action, remedy or method of proceeding for the enforcement of the rights of creditors shall be deemed to include, in respect of any
jurisdiction other than England, references to such action, remedy or method of proceeding for the enforcement of the rights of creditors available or appropriate in such jurisdiction as shall most nearly approximate to such action, remedy or method
of proceeding described or referred to in these presents. 

  

	 	(e)	All references in these presents to Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg shall, whenever the context so permits, be deemed to include references to any additional or alternative
clearing system as is approved by the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Agent and the Trustee or as may otherwise be specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. 

  

	 	(f)	Unless the context otherwise requires words or expressions used in these presents shall bear the same meanings as in the Companies Act 1985 of Great Britain.

  

	 	(g)	In this Trust Deed references to Schedules, Clauses, sub-clauses, paragraphs and sub-paragraphs shall be construed as references to the Schedules to this Trust Deed and to the
Clauses, sub-clauses, paragraphs and sub-paragraphs of this Trust Deed respectively. 

  

	 	(h)	In these presents tables of contents and Clause headings are included for ease of reference and shall not affect the construction of these presents. 

  

	 	(i)	All references in these presents involving compliance by the Trustee with a test of reasonableness shall be deemed to include a reference to a requirement that such reasonableness
shall be determined by reference solely to the interests of the holders of the Notes of the relevant one or more Series as a class. 

  

	1.3	Words and expressions defined in these presents or the Agency Agreement or used in the applicable Pricing Supplement shall have the same meanings where used herein unless the
context otherwise requires or unless otherwise stated provided that, in the event of inconsistency between the Agency Agreement and these presents, these presents shall prevail and, in the event of inconsistency between the Agency Agreement or these
presents and the applicable Pricing Supplement, the applicable Pricing Supplement shall prevail. 

  

	1.4	Subject to the provisions of Condition 5, all references in these presents to the “relevant currency” shall be construed as references to the currency in which payments in
respect of the Notes and/or Receipts and/or Coupons of the relevant Series are to be made as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement. 

  

	1.5	As used in these presents to Notes having a “listing” or being “listed” on a Stock Exchange shall, in relation to the London Stock Exchange, be construed to mean
that such Notes have been admitted to the Official List by the UK Listing Authority and admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange’s market for listed securities and all references in these presents to “listing” and
“listed” shall include references to “quotation” and “quoted” respectively. 

  

 11 

	2.	AMOUNT AND ISSUE OF THE NOTES 

  

	2.1	Amount of the Notes, Pricing Supplements and Legal Opinions 

  
 The Notes will be issued in Series in an aggregate nominal amount from time to time outstanding not exceeding the Programme Limit from time to time and
for the purpose of determining such aggregate nominal amount Clause 3(6) of the Programme Agreement shall apply. 
  
 By not later than 3.00 p.m. (London time) on the Third London Business Day preceding each proposed Issue Date, the Issuer shall deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee a copy of the applicable Pricing Supplement and drafts of all legal opinions to be given in relation to the relevant issue and shall notify the Trustee in writing without delay of the relevant Issue Date and the nominal
amount of the Notes to be issued. Upon the issue of the relevant Notes, such Notes shall become constituted by these presents without further formality. 
  
 Before the first issue of Notes occurring after each anniversary of this Trust Deed and on such other occasions as the Trustee so requests (on the basis
that the Trustee considers it necessary in view of a change (or proposed change) in English law affecting the Issuer or the Guarantor, these presents, the Programme Agreement, the Agency Agreement or the Trustee has other reasonable grounds), the
Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor will procure that further legal opinion(s) (relating, if applicable, to any such change or proposed change) in such form and with such content as the Trustee may require from the legal advisers specified
in the Programme Agreement or such other legal advisers as the Trustee may require is/are delivered to the Trustee. Whenever such a request is made with respect to any Notes to be issued, the receipt of such opinion in a form satisfactory to the
Trustee shall be a further condition precedent to the issue of those Notes. 
  

	2.2	Covenant to repay principal and to pay interest 

  
 The Issuer covenants with the Trustee that it will, as and when the Notes of any Series or any of them or any instalment of principal in respect thereof
becomes due to be redeemed, or on such earlier as the same or any part thereof may become due and repayable thereunder, in accordance with the Conditions, unconditionally pay or procure to be paid to or to the order of the Trustee in the relevant
currency in immediately available funds the principal amount in respect of the Notes of such Series or the amount of such instalment becoming due for redemption on that date and (except in the case of Zero Coupon Notes) shall in the meantime and
until redemption in full of the Notes of such Series (both before and after any judgment or other order of a court of competent jurisdiction) unconditionally pay or procure to be paid to or to the order of the Trustee as aforesaid interest (which
shall accrue from day to day) on the nominal amount of the Notes outstanding of such Series at rates and/or in amounts calculated from time to time in accordance with, or specified in, and on the dates provided for in, the Conditions (subject to
Clause 2.4) PROVIDED THAT: 
  

	 	(a)	every payment of principal or interest or other sum due in respect of the Notes made to or to the order of the Agent in the manner provided in the Agency Agreement shall be in
satisfaction pro tanto of the relative covenant by the Issuer in this Clause contained in relation to the Notes of such Series except to the extent that there is a default in the subsequent payment thereof in accordance with the Conditions to
the relevant Noteholders, Receiptholders or Couponholders (as the case may be); 

  

 12 

	 	(b)	in the case of any payment of principal which is not made to the Trustee or the Agent on or before the due date or on or after accelerated maturity following an Event of Default,
interest shall continue to accrue on the nominal amount of the relevant Notes (except in the case of Zero Coupon Notes to which the provisions of Condition 8(j) shall apply) (both before and after any judgment or other order of a court of competent
jurisdiction) at the rates aforesaid (or, if higher, the rate of interest on judgment debts for the time being provided by English law) up to and including the date which the Trustee determines to be the date on and after which payment is to be made
in respect thereof as stated in a notice given to the holders of such Notes (such date to be not later than 30 days after the day on which the whole of such principal amount, together with an amount equal to the interest which has accrued and is to
accrue pursuant to this proviso up to and including that date, has been received by the Trustee or the Agent); and 

  

	 	(c)	in any case where payment of the whole or any part of the principal amount of any Note is improperly withheld or refused upon due presentation thereof (other than in circumstances
contemplated by (b) above) interest shall accrue on the nominal amount of such Note (except in the case of Zero Coupon Notes to which the provisions of Condition 8(j) shall apply) payment of which has been so withheld or refused (both before and
after any judgment or other order of a court of competent jurisdiction) at the rates aforesaid (or, if higher, the rate of interest on judgment debts for the time being provided by English law) from the date of such withholding or refusal until the
date on which, upon further presentation of the relevant Note, payment of the full amount (including interest as aforesaid) in the relevant currency payable in respect of such Note is made or (if earlier) the seventh day after notice is given to the
relevant Noteholder(s) (whether individually or in accordance with Condition 15) that the full amount (including interest as aforesaid) in the relevant currency in respect of such Note is available for payment, PROVIDED THAT, upon further
presentation thereof being duly made, such payment is made. 

  
 The Trustee will hold the benefit of this covenant on trust for the Noteholders, the Receiptholders and the Couponholders and itself in accordance with these presents. 
  

	2.3	Trustee’s requirements regarding Paying Agents etc 

  
 At any time after an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default shall have occurred or the Notes of all or any Series shall otherwise have become
due and repayable or the Trustee shall have received any money which it proposes to pay under Clause 10 to the relevant Noteholders, Receiptholders and/or Couponholders, the Trustee may: 
  

	 	(a)	by notice in writing to the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Agent and the other Paying Agents require the Agent and the other Paying Agents pursuant to the Agency Agreement:

  

	 	(i)	 to act thereafter as Agent and other Paying Agents respectively of the Trustee in relation to payments to be made by or on behalf of the Trustee under the terms of
these presents mutatis mutandis on the terms provided in the Agency Agreement (save that the Trustee’s liability under any provisions thereof for the indemnification, remuneration and payment of out-of-pocket expenses of the Agent and
the other Paying Agents shall be limited to the amounts for the time being held by the Trustee on the trusts of these presents relating to the 

  

 13 

	 	 
Notes of the relevant Series and available for such purpose) and thereafter to hold all Notes, Receipts and Coupons and all sums, documents and records held
by them in respect of Notes, Receipts and Coupons on behalf of the Trustee; or 

  

	 	(ii)	to deliver up all Notes, Receipts and Coupons and all sums, documents and records held by them in respect of Notes, Receipts and Coupons to the Trustee or as the Trustee shall
direct in such notice PROVIDED THAT such notice shall be deemed not to apply to any documents or records which the Agent or other Paying Agents are obliged not to release by any law or regulation; and 

  

	 	(b)	by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Guarantor require each of them to make all subsequent payments in respect of the Notes, Receipts and Coupons to or to the order of the
Trustee and not to the Agent and with effect from the issue of any such notice to the Issuer and the Guarantor and until such notice is withdrawn proviso to sub-clause 2.2 of this Clause relating to the Notes shall cease to have effect.

  

	2.4	If the Floating Rate Notes or Index Linked Interest Notes of any Series become immediately due and repayable under Condition 11 the rate and/or amount of interest payable in respect
of them will be calculated by the Calculation Agent at the same intervals as if such Notes had not become due and repayable, the first of which will commence on the expiry of the Interest Period during which the Notes of the relevant Series become
so due and repayable mutatis mutandis in accordance with the provisions of Condition 6 except that the rates of interest need not be published. 

  

	2.5	Currency of payments 

  
 All payments in respect of, under and in connection with these presents and the Notes of any Series to the relevant Noteholders, Receiptholders and
Couponholders shall be made in the relevant currency. 
  

	2.6	Further Notes 

  
 The Issuer shall be at liberty from time to time (but subject always to the provisions of these presents) without the consent of the Noteholders,
Receiptholders or Couponholders to create and issue further Notes (whether in bearer or registered form) having terms and conditions the same as the Notes of any Series (or the same in all respects save for the amount and date of the first payment
of interest thereon) and so that the same shall be consolidated and form a single series with the outstanding Notes of a particular Series. 
  

	2.7	Separate Series 

  
 The Notes of each Series shall form a separate Series of Notes and accordingly, unless for any purpose the Trustee in its absolute discretion shall
otherwise determine, the provisions of this Clause and of Clauses 3 to 21 (both inclusive) and 22.2 and Schedule 3 shall apply mutatis mutandis separately and independently to the Notes of each Series and in such Clauses and Schedule the
expressions “Notes”, “Noteholders”, “Receipts”, “Receiptholders”, “Coupons”, “Couponholders”, “Talons” and “Talonholders” shall be construed accordingly. 
  

 14 

	3.	FORMS OF THE NOTES 

  

	3.1	Global Notes 

  

	(a)	The Notes of each Tranche will initially be represented by a single Temporary Global Note or a single Permanent Global Note, as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement. Each
Temporary Global Note shall be exchangeable, upon a request as described therein, for either Definitive Notes together with, where applicable, Receipts and (except in the case of Zero Coupon Notes) Coupons and, where applicable, Talons attached, or
a Permanent Global Note in each case in accordance with the provisions of such Temporary Global Note. Each Permanent Global Note shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes together with, where applicable, Receipts and (except in the case of Zero
Coupon Notes) Coupons and, where applicable, Talons attached, in accordance with the provisions of such Permanent Global Note. All Global Notes shall be prepared, completed and delivered to a common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream,
Luxembourg in accordance with the provisions of the Programme Agreement or to another appropriate depositary in accordance with any other agreement between the Issuer, the Guarantor and the relevant Dealer(s) and, in each case, the Agency Agreement.

  

	(b)	Each Temporary Global Note shall be printed or typed in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part 1 of Schedule 2 and may be a facsimile. Each Temporary Global Note
shall have annexed thereto a copy of the applicable Pricing Supplement and shall be signed manually or in facsimile by a person duly authorised by the Issuer on behalf of the Issuer and shall be authenticated by or on behalf of the Agent. Each
Temporary Global Note so executed and authenticated shall be a binding and valid obligation of the Issuer and title thereto shall pass by delivery. 

  

	(c)	Each Permanent Global Note shall be printed or typed in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part 2 of Schedule 2 and may be a facsimile. Each Permanent Global Note
shall have annexed thereto a copy of the applicable Pricing Supplement and shall be signed manually or in facsimile by a person duly authorised by the Issuer on behalf of the Issuer and shall be authenticated by or on behalf of the Agent. Each
Permanent Global Note so executed and authenticated shall be a binding and valid obligation of the Issuer and title thereto shall pass by delivery. 

  

	3.2	Definitive Notes 

  

	(a)	The Definitive Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons and the Talons shall be to bearer in the respective forms or substantially in the respective forms set out in Parts 3, 4, 5 and 6,
respectively, of Schedule 2. The Definitive Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons and the Talons shall be serially numbered and, if listed or quoted, shall be security printed in accordance with the requirements (if any) from time to time of the relevant
Stock Exchange and the relevant Conditions may be incorporated by reference into such Definitive Notes unless not so permitted by the relevant Stock Exchange (if any), or the Definitive Notes shall be endorsed with or have attached thereto the
relevant Conditions, and, in either such case, the Definitive Notes shall have endorsed thereon or attached thereto a copy of the applicable Pricing Supplement (or the relevant provisions thereof). Title to the Definitive Notes, the Receipts, the
Coupons and the Talons shall pass by delivery. 

  

	(b)	 The Definitive Notes shall be signed manually or in facsimile by a person duly authorised by the Issuer on behalf of the Issuer and shall be authenticated by or on
behalf of the Agent (in 

  

 15 

	 	 
the case of the Definitive Notes). The Definitive Notes so executed and authenticated, and the Receipts, the Coupons and the Talons, upon execution and
authentication of the relevant Definitive Notes, shall be binding and valid obligations of the Issuer. The Receipts, the Coupons and the Talons shall not be signed. No Definitive Note and none of the Receipts, Coupons or Talons appertaining to such
Definitive Note shall be binding or valid until such Definitive Note shall have been executed and authenticated as aforesaid. 

  

	3.3	Facsimile signatures 

  
 The Issuer may use the facsimile signature of any person who at the date such signature is affixed to a Note is duly authorised by the Issuer
notwithstanding that at the time of issue of any of the Notes he may have ceased for any reason to be so authorised. 
  

	3.4	Persons to be treated as Noteholders 

  
 Except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or as required by law, the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Agent and the other Paying
Agents (notwithstanding any notice to the contrary and whether or not it is overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or writing thereon or notice of any previous loss or theft thereof) may (a) (i) for the purpose of making payment
thereon or on account thereof deem and treat the bearer of any Global Note, Definitive Note, Receipt, Coupon or Talon as the absolute owner thereof and of all rights thereunder free from all encumbrances, and shall not be required to obtain proof of
such ownership or as to the identity of the bearer and (b) for all other purposes deem and treat: 
  

	 	(i)	the bearer of any Definitive Note, Receipt, Coupon or Talon; and 

  

	 	(ii)	each person for the time being shown in the records of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as having a particular nominal amount of Notes credited to his securities account,

  
 as the absolute owner thereof free from all
encumbrances and shall not be required to obtain proof of such ownership (other than, in the case of any person for the time being so shown in such records, a certificate or letter of confirmation signed on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream,
Luxembourg or any other form of record made by any of them) or as to the identity of the bearer of any Global Note, Definitive Note, Receipt, Coupon or Talon. 
  

	3.5	Certificates of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg 

  
 The Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee may call for and, except in the case of manifest error, shall be at liberty to accept and place full reliance on
as sufficient evidence thereof a certificate or letter of confirmation issued on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg or any form of record made by any of them or such other form of evidence and/or information and/or certification as it
shall, in its absolute discretion, think fit to the effect that at any particular time or throughout any particular period any particular person is, was, or will be, shown in its records as the holder of a particular nominal amount of Notes
represented by a Global Note and, if it does so rely, such letter of confirmation, form of record, evidence, information or certification shall be conclusive and binding on all concerned. 
  

 16 

	4.	FEES, DUTIES AND TAXES 

  
 The Issuer will pay any stamp, issue, registration, documentary and other fees, duties and similar taxes, including interest and penalties, payable on or
in connection with (a) the execution and delivery of these presents, (b) the constitution and original issue of the Notes, the Receipts and the Coupons and (c) any action taken by or on behalf of the Trustee or (where permitted under these presents
so to do) any Noteholder, Receiptholder or Couponholder to enforce, or to resolve any doubt concerning, or for any other purpose in relation to, these presents. 
  

	5.	COVENANT OF COMPLIANCE 

  
 Each of the Issuer and the Guarantor severally covenants with the Trustee that it will comply with and perform and observe all the provisions of these
presents which are expressed to be binding on it. The Conditions shall be binding on the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Noteholders, the Receiptholders and the Couponholders. The Trustee shall be entitled to enforce the obligations of the Issuer and the
Guarantor under the Notes, the Receipts and the Coupons as if the same were set out and contained in this Trust Deed, which shall be read and construed as one document with the Notes, the Receipts and the Coupons. The Trustee shall hold the benefit
of this covenant upon trust for itself and the Noteholders, the Receiptholders and the Couponholders according to its and their respective interests. 
  

	6.	CANCELLATION OF NOTES AND RECORDS 

  

	6.1	The Issuer shall procure that all Notes issued by it (a) redeemed or (b) purchased by or on behalf of the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Issuer or the Guarantor or
(c) which, being mutilated or defaced, have been surrendered and replaced pursuant to Condition 12 (together in each case, in the case of Definitive Notes, with all unmatured Receipts and Coupons attached thereto or delivered therewith), and all
Receipts and Coupons paid in accordance with the relevant Conditions or which, being mutilated or defaced, have been surrendered and replaced pursuant to Condition 12, shall forthwith be cancelled by or on behalf of the Issuer and a certificate
stating: 

  

	(i)	the aggregate principal amount of Notes which have been redeemed and the aggregate amounts in respect of Receipts and Coupons which have been paid; 

  

	(ii)	the serial numbers of such Notes in definitive form and Receipts; 

  

	(iii)	the total numbers (where applicable, of each denomination) by maturity date of such Receipts and Coupons; 

  

	(iv)	the aggregate amount of interest paid (and the due dates of such payments) on Global Notes; 

  

	(v)	the aggregate nominal amount of Notes (if any) which have been purchased by or on behalf of the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Issuer or the Guarantor and cancelled
and the serial numbers of such Notes in definitive form and, in the case of Definitive Notes, the total number (where applicable, of each denomination) by maturity date of the Receipts, Coupons and Talons attached thereto or surrendered therewith;

  

 17 

	 	(vi)	the aggregate nominal amounts of Notes and Receipts and the aggregate amounts in respect of Coupons which have been so surrendered and replaced and the serial numbers of such Notes
in definitive form and the total number (where applicable, of each denomination) by maturity date of such Coupons and Talons; 

  

	 	(vii)	the total number (where applicable, of each denomination) by maturity date of the unmatured Coupons missing from Definitive Notes bearing interest at a fixed rate which have been
redeemed or surrendered and replaced and the serial numbers of the Definitive Notes to which such missing unmatured Coupons appertained; and 

  

	 	(viii)	the total number (where applicable, of each denomination) by maturity date of Talons which have been exchanged for further Coupons 

  
 shall be given to the Trustee by or on behalf of the Issuer as soon as
possible and in any event within four months after the date of such redemption, purchase, payment, exchange or replacement (as the case may be). The Trustee may accept such certificate as conclusive evidence of redemption, purchase or replacement
pro tanto of the Notes or payment of interest thereon or exchange of the relative Talons respectively and of cancellation of the relative Notes and Coupons. 
  

	6.2	The Issuer shall procure (a) that the Agent shall keep a full and complete record of all Notes, Receipts, Coupons and Talons issued by it (other than serial numbers of Receipts and
Coupons) and of their redemption or purchase by or on behalf of the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Issuer or the Guarantor, any cancellation or any payment (as the case may be) and of all replacement notes, receipts, coupons or
talons issued in substitution for lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed Notes, Receipts, Coupons or Talons, (b) that the Agent shall in respect of the Coupons of each maturity retain (in the case of Coupons other than Talons) until the
expiry of 10 years from the Relevant Date in respect of such Coupons and (in the case of Talons indefinitely) either all paid or exchanged Coupons of that maturity or a list of the serial numbers of Coupons of that maturity still remaining unpaid or
unexchanged and (c) that such records and Coupons (if any) shall be made available to the Trustee at all reasonable times. 

  

	7.	GUARANTEE 

  

	7.1	Guarantee 

  
 The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally: 
  

	 	(a)	As principal obligor guarantees to the Trustee prompt performance by the Issuer of all its obligations under the Notes and these presents in respect thereof;

  

	 	(b)	undertakes with the Trustee that whenever the Issuer does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with the Notes and these presents in respect thereof, the Guarantor
shall immediately pay that amount as if the Guarantor instead of the Issuer were expressed to be the principal obligor and not merely a surety; and 

  

	 	(c)	indemnifies the Trustee against any loss or liability suffered by it if any obligation guaranteed by the Guarantor is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal.

  

 18 

	7.2	Continuing guarantee 

  
 This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of all sums payable by the Issuer under the Notes and these presents in
respect thereof, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part. 
  

	7.3	Reinstatement 

  

	(a)	Where any discharge is made in whole or in part or any arrangement is made on the faith of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored on
insolvency, liquidation or otherwise without limitation, the liability of the Guarantor under this Clause 7 shall continue as if the discharge or arrangement had not occurred. 

  

	(b)	The Trustee may concede or compromise any claim that any payment, security or other disposition is liable to avoidance or restoration. 

  

	7.4	Waiver of defences 

  
 The obligations of the Guarantor under this Clause 7 will not be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this provision, would
reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 7 or prejudice or diminish those obligations in whole or in part, including (whether or not known to it or the Trustee): 
  

	 	(a)	any time or waiver granted to, or composition with, the Issuer or any other person; 

  

	 	(b)	the release of the Issuer or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries; 

 

	 	(c)	the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, the Issuer
or any other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security; 

  

	 	(d)	any incapacity or lack of powers, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of the Issuer or any other person; 

  

	 	(e)	any variation (however fundamental) or replacement of the Notes or any other document or security so that references to the Notes in this Clause 7 shall include each variation or
replacement; 

  

	 	(f)	any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under the Notes or any other document or security, to the intent that the Guarantor’s obligations
under this Clause 7 shall remain in full force and its guarantee be construed accordingly, as if there were no unenforceability, illegality or invalidity; or 

  

	 	(g)	any postponement, discharge, reduction, non-provability or other similar circumstance affecting any obligation of the Issuer under the Notes resulting from any insolvency,
liquidation or dissolution proceedings or from any law, regulation or order so that each such obligation shall for the purposes of the Guarantor’s obligations under this Clause 7 be construed as if there were no such circumstance.

  

 19 

	7.5	Immediate recourse 

  
 The Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring the Trustee (or any agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or
security or claim payment from any person before claiming from the Guarantor under this Clause 7. 
  

	7.6	Appropriations 

  

	 	(a)	Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Issuer under or in connection with the Notes and these presents in respect thereof have been irrevocably paid in full, the
Trustee (or any agent on its behalf) may: 

  

	 	(i)	refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by the Trustee (or any agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and
enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Guarantor shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and 

  

	 	(ii)	hold in a suspense account (bearing interest at normal commercial rates) any moneys received from the Guarantor or on account of the Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 7.

  

	 	(b)	Paragraph 7.6(a)(i) or 7.6(a)(ii), or both, as applicable, shall only apply to the extent that the application of such paragraph or paragraphs, as applicable, does not result in the
amount that is guaranteed pursuant to Clause 7.1 being greater than it would otherwise have been but for the application of such paragraph or paragraphs. 

  

	7.7	Non-competition 

  
 Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Issuer under or in connection with the Notes and these presents in respect thereof have been
irrevocably paid in full, the Guarantor shall not, after a claim has been made or by virtue of any payment or performance by it under this Clause 7: 
  

	 	(a)	be subrogated to any rights, security or moneys held, received or receivable by the Trustee (or any agent on its behalf) or be entitled to any right of contribution or indemnity in
respect of any payment made or moneys received on account of the Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 7; 

  

	 	(b)	claim, rank, prove or vote as a creditor of the Issuer or its estate in competition with the Trustee (or any agent on its behalf); or 

  

	 	(c)	receive, claim or have the benefit of any payment, distribution or security from or on account of the Issuer, or exercise any right of set-off as against the Issuer,

  
 unless the Trustee otherwise directs.

  

	7.8	Additional security 

  
 This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other security now or hereafter held by the Trustee. 
  

 20 

	8.	NON-PAYMENT 

  
 Proof that as regards any specified Note, Receipt or Coupon the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor has made default in paying any amount due in
respect of such Note, Receipt or Coupon shall (unless the contrary be proved) be sufficient evidence that the same default has been made as regards all other Notes, Receipts or Coupons (as the case may be) in respect of which the relevant amount is
due and payable. 
  

	9.	PROCEEDINGS, ACTION AND INDEMNIFICATION 

  

	9.1	The Trustee shall not be bound to take any action or proceedings mentioned in Condition 11 or any other action in relation to these presents unless respectively directed or
requested to do so (a) by an Extraordinary Resolution or (b) in writing by the holders of at least one-fifth in aggregate nominal amount of the Notes then outstanding and in either case then only if it shall be indemnified to its satisfaction
against all Liabilities to which it may thereby render itself liable or which it may incur by so doing. 

  

	9.2	Only the Trustee may enforce the provisions of these presents. No Noteholder, Receiptholder or Couponholder shall be entitled to proceed directly against the Issuer or the Guarantor
to enforce the performance of any of the provisions of these presents unless the Trustee having become bound as aforesaid to take proceedings fails to do so within a reasonable period and such failure is continuing. 

  

	10.	APPLICATION OF MONEYS 

  
 All moneys received by the Trustee under these presents from the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor (including any moneys which represent
principal or interest in respect of Notes, Receipts or Coupons which have become void or in respect of which claims have become prescribed under Condition 10) shall, unless and to the extent attributable, in the opinion of the Trustee, to a
particular Series of the Notes, be apportioned pari passu and rateably between each Series of the Notes, and all moneys received by the Trustee under these presents from the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor to the extent
attributable in the opinion of the Trustee to a particular Series of the Notes or which are apportioned to such Series as aforesaid, be held by the Trustee upon trust to apply them (subject to Clause 12): 
  
 First in payment or satisfaction of all amounts then due and unpaid under
Clauses 15 and/or 16(j) to the Trustee and/or any Appointee; 
  
 Secondly in or towards payment pari passu and rateably of all principal and interest then due and unpaid in respect of the Notes of that Series; 
  
 Thirdly in or towards payment pari passu and rateably of all principal and interest then due and unpaid in respect of
the Notes of each other Series; and 
  
 Fourthly in payment of
the balance (if any) to the Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be, (without prejudice to, or liability in respect of, any question as to how such payment to the Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be dealt with as between the
Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be, and any other person). 
  
 Without prejudice to this Clause 10, if the Trustee holds any moneys which represent principal or interest in respect of Notes which have become void or in respect of which claims 

  

 21 

 
have been prescribed under Condition 10, the Trustee will hold such moneys on the above trusts. 
  

	11.	NOTICE OF PAYMENTS 

  
 The Trustee shall give notice to the relevant Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 of the day fixed for any payment to them under Clause 10. Such
payment may be made in accordance with Condition 7 and any payment so made shall be a good discharge to the Trustee. 
  

	12.	INVESTMENT BY TRUSTEE 

  

	12.1	The Trustee may at its discretion and pending payment invest moneys at any time available for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes in some or one of the investments
hereinafter authorised for such periods as it may consider expedient with power from time to time at the like discretion to vary such investments. All interest and other income deriving from such investments shall be applied first in payment or
satisfaction of all amounts then due and unpaid under Clause 15 and/or 16(j) to the Trustee and/or any Appointee and otherwise held for the benefit of and paid to the Noteholders, Receiptholders or Couponholders, as the case may be.

  

	12.2	Any moneys which under the trusts of these presents ought to or may be invested by the Trustee may be invested in the name or under the control of the Trustee in any investments or
other assets in any part of the world whether or not they produce income or by placing the same on deposit in the name or under the control of the Trustee at such bank or other financial institution and in such currency as the Trustee may think fit.
If that bank or institution is the Trustee or a Subsidiary, holding or associated company of the Trustee, it need only account for an amount of interest equal to the amount of interest which would, at then current rates, be payable by it on such a
deposit to an independent customer. The Trustee may at any time vary any such investments for or into other investments or convert any moneys so deposited into any other currency and shall not be responsible for any loss resulting from any such
investments or deposits, whether due to depreciation in value, fluctuations in exchange rates or otherwise. 

  

	13.	PARTIAL PAYMENTS 

  
 Upon any payment under Clause 11 (other than payment in full against surrender of a Note, Receipt or Coupon) the Note, Receipt or Coupon in respect of
which such payment is made shall be produced to the Trustee or the Paying Agent by or through whom such payment is made and the Trustee shall or shall cause the Paying Agent to enface thereon a memorandum of the amount and the date of payment but
the Trustee may in any particular case dispense with such production and enfacement upon such indemnity being given as it shall think sufficient. 
  

	14.	COVENANTS BY THE ISSUER AND THE GUARANTOR 

  
 Each of the Issuer and the Guarantor severally covenants with the Trustee that, so long as any of the Notes remains outstanding (or, in the case of
paragraphs (h), (i), (m), (n), (p) and (r) so long as any of such Notes or the relative Receipts or Coupons remains liable to prescription or, in the case of paragraph (o), until the expiry of a period of 30 days after the Relevant Date in respect
of the payment of principal in respect of all such Notes remaining outstanding at such time) it shall: 
  

	 	(a)	at all times carry on and conduct its affairs and procure its Subsidiaries to carry on and conduct their respective affairs in a proper and efficient manner;

  

 22 

	 	(b)	give or procure to be given to the Trustee such opinions, certificates and information as it shall require and in such form as it shall require (including without limitation the
procurement of all such certificates called for by the Trustee pursuant to Clause 16(c)) for the purpose of the discharge or exercise of the duties, trusts, powers, authorities and discretions vested in it under these presents or by operation of
law; 

  

	 	(c)	cause to be prepared and certified by its Auditors in respect of each financial accounting period accounts in such form as will comply with all relevant legal and accounting
requirements and all requirements for the time being of the relevant Stock Exchange; 

  

	 	(d)	at all times keep and procure its Subsidiaries to keep proper books of account and allow the Trustee and any person appointed by the Trustee to whom the Issuer or (as the case may
be) the Guarantor shall have no reasonable objection free access to such books of account at all reasonable times during normal business hours; 

  

	 	(e)	send to the Trustee (in addition to any copies to which it may be entitled as a holder of any securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor) two copies in English of every balance
sheet, profit and loss account, report, circular and notice of general meeting and every other document issued or sent to its shareholders together with any of the foregoing, and every document issued or sent to holders of securities other than its
shareholders (including the Noteholders) as soon as practicable after the issue or publication thereof; 

  

	 	(f)	forthwith give notice in writing to the Trustee of the coming into existence of any security interest which would require any security to be given to the Notes pursuant to Condition
4 or of the occurrence of any Event of Default or any Potential Event of Default; 

  

	 	(g)	give to the Trustee (i) within seven days after demand by the Trustee therefor and (ii) (without the necessity for any such demand) promptly after the publication of its audited
accounts in respect of each financial year commencing with the financial year ending 30th April, 2002 and in any event not later than 180 days after the end of each such financial year a certificate signed by two of its Directors to the effect that
as at a date not more than seven days before delivering such certificate (the relevant certification date) there did not exist and had not existed since the relevant certification date of the previous certificate (or, in the case of the first
such certificate, the date hereof) any Event of Default or any Potential Event of Default (or if such exists or existed specifying the same); 

  

	 	(h)	at all times execute and do all such further documents, acts and things as may be necessary at any time or times in the opinion of the Trustee for the purpose of discharging its
functions under, or giving effect to, these presents; 

  

 23 

	 	(i)	at all times maintain an Agent and other Paying Agents in accordance with the Conditions; 

  

	 	(j)	use all reasonable endeavours to procure the Agent to notify the Trustee forthwith in the event that it does not, on or before the due date for any payment in respect of the Notes
or any of the relative Receipts or Coupons, receive unconditionally pursuant to the Agency Agreement payment of the full amount in the requisite currency of the moneys payable on such due date on all such Notes, Receipts or Coupons, as the case may
be; 

  

	 	(k)	in the event of the unconditional payment to the Agent or the Trustee of any sum due in respect of the Notes or any of them or any of the relative Receipts or Coupons being made
after the due date for payment thereof forthwith give or procure to be given notice to the relevant Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 that such payment has been made; 

  

	 	(l)	use all reasonable endeavours to maintain the quotation or listing on the relevant Stock Exchange of those of the Notes which are quoted or listed on the relevant Stock Exchange or,
if it is unable to do so having used such endeavours, use all reasonable endeavours to obtain and maintain a quotation or listing of such Notes on such other stock exchange or exchanges or securities market or markets as the Issuer and the Guarantor
may (with the prior written approval of the Trustee) decide and also upon obtaining a quotation or listing of such Notes issued by it on such other stock exchange or exchanges or securities market or markets enter into a trust deed supplemental to
this Trust Deed to effect such consequential amendments to these presents as the Trustee may require or as shall be requisite to comply with the requirements of any such stock exchange or securities market; 

  

	 	(m)	give notice to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 of any appointment, resignation or removal of any Agent, Calculation Agent or other Paying Agent (other than the
appointment of the initial Agent, Calculation Agent and other Paying Agents) after having obtained the prior written approval of the Trustee thereto or any change of any Paying Agent’s specified office and (except as provided by the Agency
Agreement or the Conditions) at least 30 days prior to such event taking effect; PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT so long as any of the Notes remains outstanding in the case of the termination of the appointment of the Calculation Agent or so long as any of the
Notes, Receipts or Coupons remains liable to prescription in the case of the termination of the appointment of the Agent no such termination shall take effect until a new Agent or Calculation Agent (as the case may be) has been appointed on terms
previously approved in writing by the Trustee; 

  

	 	(n)	obtain the prior written approval of the Trustee to, and promptly give to the Trustee two copies of, the form of every notice given to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition
15 (such approval, unless so expressed, not to constitute approval of any such notice for the purposes of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the FSMA) of a communication within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA);

  

	 	(o)	 if the Issuer or Guarantor shall become subject generally to the taxing jurisdiction of any territory or any political sub-division or any authority therein or
thereof having power to tax other than or in addition to the United Kingdom or any political sub- 

  

 24 

	 	 
division or any authority therein or thereof having power to tax, immediately upon becoming aware thereof notify the Trustee of such event and (unless the
Trustee otherwise agrees) enter forthwith into a trust deed supplemental to this Trust Deed, giving to the Trustee an undertaking or covenant in form and manner satisfactory to the Trustee in terms corresponding to the terms of Condition 9 with the
substitution for (or, as the case may be, the addition to) the references therein to the United Kingdom or any political sub-division thereof or any authority therein or thereof having power to tax of references to that other or additional territory
or any political sub-division thereof or any authority therein or thereof having power to tax to whose taxing jurisdiction the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor shall have become subject as aforesaid and Condition 8(b) shall be read and
construed accordingly; 

  

	 	(p)	comply with and perform all its obligations under the Agency Agreement and procure that the Agent and the other Paying Agents comply with and perform all their respective
obligations thereunder and any notice given by the Trustee pursuant to Clause 2.3(a) and not make any amendment or modification to such Agreement without the prior written approval of the Trustee; 

  

	 	(q)	in order to enable the Trustee to ascertain the nominal amount of the Notes of each Series for the time being outstanding for any of the purposes referred to in the proviso to the
definition of “outstanding” in Clause 1, deliver to the Trustee as soon as practicable upon being so requested in writing by the Trustee a certificate in writing signed by two Directors of the Issuer or by two Directors of the Guarantor
(as appropriate), setting out the total number and aggregate nominal amount of the Notes of each Series issued which: 

  

	 	(i)	up to and including the date of such certificate have been purchased by the Issuer or the Guarantor, any Subsidiary of the Issuer or the Guarantor, any holding company of the Issuer
or the Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of such holding company and cancelled; and 

  

	 	(ii)	are at the date of such certificate held by, for the benefit of, or on behalf of, the Issuer or the Guarantor, any Subsidiary of the Issuer or the Guarantor, any holding company of
the Issuer or the Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of such holding company; 

  

	 	(r)	use all reasonable endeavours to procure its Subsidiaries (save for the Issuer, in the case of the Guarantor) to comply with all applicable provisions of Condition 8;

  

	 	(s)	use all reasonable endeavours to procure that each of the Paying Agents makes available for inspection by Noteholders, Receiptholders and Couponholders at its specified office
copies of these presents, the Agency Agreement and the then latest audited balance sheet and profit and loss account (consolidated if applicable) of the Issuer; 

  

	 	(t)	if, in accordance with the provisions of the Conditions, interest in respect of the Notes becomes payable at the specified office of any Paying Agent in the United States of America
promptly give notice thereof to the relative Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15; 

  

 25 

	 	(u)	in the case of the Issuer only, give prior notice to the Trustee of any proposed redemption pursuant to Condition 8(b) or 8(c) and, if it shall have given notice to the Noteholders
of its intention to redeem any Notes pursuant to Condition 8(c), duly proceed to make drawings (if appropriate) and to redeem Notes accordingly; 

  

	 	(v)	promptly provide the Trustee with copies of all supplements and/or amendments and/or restatements of the Programme Agreement; 

  

	 	(w)	upon due surrender in accordance with the Conditions, pay the face value of all Coupons (including Coupons issued in exchange for Talons) appertaining to all Notes purchased by the
Issuer or the Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Issuer or the Guarantor; and 

  

	 	(x)	use all reasonable endeavours to procure that Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg issue(s) any certificate or other document requested by the Trustee under Clause 3.5 as soon
as practicable after such request. 

  

	15.	REMUNERATION AND INDEMNIFICATION OF TRUSTEE 

  

	15.1	The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee, by way of remuneration for its services as trustee of these presents, such amount as shall be agreed from time to time by exchange of letters
between the Issuer and the Trustee. Such remuneration shall accrue from day to day and be payable (in priority to payments to Noteholders, Receiptholders and Couponholders) up to and including the date when, all the Notes having become due for
redemption, the redemption moneys and interest thereon to the date of redemption have been paid to the Agent or the Trustee PROVIDED THAT if upon due presentation of any Note, Receipt or Coupon or any cheque payment of the moneys due in respect
thereof is improperly withheld or refused, remuneration will be deemed not to have ceased to accrue and will continue to accrue until payment to such Noteholder, Receiptholder or Couponholder is duly made. 

  

	15.2	In the event of the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default or the Trustee considering it expedient or necessary or being requested by the Issuer or the
Guarantor to undertake duties which the Trustee and the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor agree to be of an exceptional nature or otherwise outside the scope of the normal duties of the Trustee under these presents the Issuer shall pay to
the Trustee such additional remuneration as shall be agreed between them. 

  

	15.3	The Issuer shall in addition pay to the Trustee an amount equal to the amount of any value added tax or similar tax chargeable in respect of its remuneration under these presents.

  

	15.4	In the event of the Trustee and the Issuer failing to agree: 

  

	 	(a)	(in a case to which sub-clause 15.1 above applies) upon the amount of the remuneration; or 

  

	 	(b)	(in a case to which sub-clause 15.2 above applies) upon whether such duties shall be of an exceptional nature or otherwise outside the scope of the normal duties of the Trustee
under these presents, or upon such additional remuneration, 

  
 such matters shall be determined by a merchant or investment bank (acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator) selected by the Trustee and approved by the Issuer or, failing such 

  

 26 

 
approval, nominated (on the application of the Trustee) by the President for the time being of The Law Society of England and Wales (the expenses involved in
such nomination and the fees of such merchant or investment bank being payable by the Issuer) and the determination of any such merchant or investment bank shall be final and binding upon the Trustee and the Issuer. 
  

	15.5	The Issuer shall on written request also pay or discharge all Liabilities properly incurred by the Trustee (excluding any liability to Tax imposed on all or part of its income,
profits or gains) in relation to the preparation and execution of the exercise of its powers and the performance of its duties under, and in any other manner in relation to, these presents, including but not limited to reasonable travelling expenses
and any stamp, issue, registration, documentary and other taxes or duties paid or payable by the Trustee in connection with any action taken by or on behalf of the Trustee for enforcing, or resolving any doubt concerning, or for any other purpose in
relation to, these presents. 

  

	15.6	All amounts payable pursuant to sub-clause 15.5 above and/or Clause 16(j) shall be payable by the Issuer on the date specified in a demand by the Trustee and in the case of payments
actually made by the Trustee prior to such demand shall (if not paid within three days after such demand and the Trustee so requires) carry interest at the rate of three per cent. per annum above the Base Rate from time to time of Lloyds Bank plc
from the date specified in such demand, and in all other cases shall (if not paid on the date specified in such demand or, if later, within three days after such demand and, in either case, the Trustee so requires) carry interest at such rate from
the date specified in such demand. All remuneration payable to the Trustee shall carry interest at such rate from the due date therefor. 

  

	15.7	Unless otherwise specifically stated in any discharge of these presents the provisions of this Clause and Clause 16(j) shall continue in full force and effect in relation to the
period during which the Trustee was trustee of these presents notwithstanding such discharge. 

  

	15.8	The Trustee shall be entitled in its absolute discretion to determine in respect of which Series of Notes any Liabilities incurred under these presents have been incurred or to
allocate any such Liabilities between the Notes of any Series. 

  

	16.	SUPPLEMENT TO TRUSTEE ACTS 

  
 Section 1 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to the duties of the Trustee in relation to the trusts constituted by these presents. Where there are
any inconsistencies between the Trustee Acts and the provisions of these presents, the provisions of these presents shall, to the extent allowed by law, prevail and, in the case of any such inconsistency with the Trustee Act 2000, the provisions of
these presents shall constitute a restriction or exclusion for the purposes of that Act. The Trustee shall have all the powers conferred upon trustees by the Trustee Acts and by way of supplement thereto it is expressly declared as follows:

  

	 	(a)	The Trustee may in relation to these presents act on the advice or opinion of or any information obtained from any lawyer, valuer, accountant, surveyor, banker, broker, auctioneer
or other expert whether obtained by the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee or otherwise and shall not be responsible for any Liability occasioned by so acting. 

  

	 	(b)	 Any such advice, opinion or information may be sent or obtained by letter, telex, telegram, facsimile transmission or cable and the Trustee shall not be liable for
acting on any advice, opinion or information purporting to be conveyed by any such letter, 

  

 27 

	 	 
telex, telegram, facsimile transmission or cable although the same shall contain some error or shall not be authentic. 

  

	 	(c)	The Trustee may call for and shall be at liberty to accept as sufficient evidence of any fact or matter or the expediency of any transaction or thing a certificate signed by two of
the Directors of the Issuer or two of the Directors of the Guarantor and the Trustee shall not be bound in any such case to call for further evidence or be responsible for any Liability that may be occasioned by it or any other person acting on such
certificate. 

  

	 	(d)	The Trustee shall be at liberty to hold these presents and any other documents relating thereto or to deposit them in any part of the world with any banker or banking company or
company whose business includes undertaking the safe custody of documents or lawyer or firm of lawyers considered by the Trustee to be of good repute and the Trustee shall not be responsible for or required to insure against any Liability incurred
in connection with any such holding or deposit and may pay all sums required to be paid on account of or in respect of any such deposit. 

  

	 	(e)	The Trustee shall not be responsible for the receipt or application of the proceeds of the issue of any of the Notes by the Issuer, the exchange of any Global Note for another
Global Note or Definitive Notes or the delivery of any Global Note or Definitive Notes to the person(s) entitled to it or them. 

  

	 	(f)	The Trustee shall not be bound to give notice to any person of the execution of any documents comprised or referred to in these presents or to take any steps to ascertain whether
any Event of Default or any Potential Event of Default has occurred and, until it shall have actual knowledge or express notice pursuant to these presents to the contrary, the Trustee shall be entitled to assume that no Event of Default or Potential
Event of Default has occurred and that each of the Issuer and the Guarantor is observing and performing all its obligations under these presents. 

  

	 	(g)	Save as expressly otherwise provided in these presents, the Trustee shall have absolute and uncontrolled discretion as to the exercise or non-exercise of its trusts, powers,
authorities and discretions under these presents (the exercise or non-exercise of which as between the Trustee and the Noteholders, the Receiptholders and Couponholders shall be conclusive and binding on the Noteholders, the Receiptholders and
Couponholders) and shall not be responsible for any Liability which may result from their exercise or non-exercise. 

  

	 	(h)	The Trustee shall not be liable to any person by reason of having acted upon any Extraordinary Resolution in writing or any Extraordinary Resolution or other resolution purporting
to have been passed at any meeting of the holders of Notes of all or any Series in respect whereof minutes have been made and signed or any direction or request of the holders of the Notes of all or any Series even though subsequent to its acting it
may be found that there was some defect in the constitution of the meeting or the passing of the resolution, (in the case of an Extraordinary Resolution in writing) that not all such holders had signed the Extraordinary Resolution or (in the case of
a direction or request) it was not signed by the requisite number of holders) or that for any reason the resolution, direction or request was not valid or binding upon such holders and the relative Receiptholders and Couponholders.

  

 28 

	 	(i)	The Trustee shall not be liable to any person by reason of having accepted as valid or not having rejected any Note, Receipt or Coupon purporting to be such and subsequently found
to be forged or not authentic. 

  

	 	(j)	Without prejudice to the right of indemnity by law given to trustees, the Issuer and the Guarantor shall severally indemnify the Trustee and every Appointee and keep it or him
indemnified against all Liabilities to which it or he may be or become subject or which may be incurred by it or him in the execution or purported execution of any of its or his trusts, powers, authorities and discretions under these presents or its
or his functions under any such appointment or in respect of any other matter or thing done or omitted in any way relating to these presents or any such appointment. 

  

	 	(k)	Any consent or approval given by the Trustee for the purposes of these presents may be given on such terms and subject to such conditions (if any) as the Trustee thinks fit and
notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these presents may be given retrospectively. 

  

	 	(l)	The Trustee shall not (unless and to the extent ordered so to do by a court of competent jurisdiction) be required to disclose to any Noteholder, Receiptholder or Couponholder any
information (including, without limitation, information of a confidential, financial or price sensitive nature) made available to the Trustee by the Issuer or the Guarantor or any other person in connection with these presents and no Holder,
Receiptholder or Couponholder shall be entitled to take any action to obtain from the Trustee any such information. 

  

	 	(m)	Where it is necessary or desirable for any purpose in connection with these presents to convert any sum from one currency to another it shall (unless otherwise provided by these
presents or required by law) be converted at such rate or rates, in accordance with such method and as at such date for the determination of such rate of exchange, as may be agreed by the Trustee in consultation with the Issuer or the Guarantor as
relevant and any rate, method and date so agreed shall be binding on the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Noteholders, the Receiptholders and the Couponholders. 

  

	 	(n)	The Trustee may certify whether or not any of the conditions, events and acts set out in paragraphs (ii) and (iii) and (v) to (vii) (both inclusive) of Condition 11 (each of which
conditions, events and acts shall, unless in any case the Trustee in its absolute discretion shall otherwise determine, for all the purposes of these presents be deemed to include the circumstances resulting therein and the consequences resulting
therefrom) is in its opinion materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders and any such certificate shall be conclusive and binding upon the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Noteholders and the Couponholders. 

  

	 	(o)	The Trustee as between itself and the Noteholders, the Receiptholders and the Couponholders may determine all questions and doubts arising in relation to any of the provisions of
these presents. Every such determination, whether or not relating in whole or in part to the acts or proceedings of the Trustee, shall be conclusive and shall bind the Trustee and the Noteholders, the Receiptholders and the Couponholders.

  

	 	(p)	 In connection with the exercise by it of any of its trusts, powers, authorities or discretions under these presents (including, without limitation, any
modification, 

  

 29 

	 	 
waiver, authorisation or determination), the Trustee shall have regard to the general interests of the Noteholders as a class but shall not have regard to
any interests arising from circumstances particular to individual Noteholders, Receiptholders or Couponholders (whatever their number) and, in particular but without limitation, shall not have regard to the consequences of such exercise for
individual Noteholders, Receiptholders or Couponholders (whatever their number) resulting from their being for any purpose domiciled or resident in, or otherwise connected with, or subject to the jurisdiction of, any particular territory or any
political sub-division thereof and the Trustee shall not be entitled to require, nor shall any Noteholder, Receiptholder or Couponholder be entitled to claim, from the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee or any other person any indemnification or
payment in respect of any tax consequence of any such exercise upon individual Noteholders, Receiptholders or Couponholders except to the extent already provided for in Condition 9 and/or any undertaking given in addition thereto or in substitution
therefor under these presents. 

  

	 	(q)	Any trustee of these presents being a lawyer, accountant, broker or other person engaged in any profession or business shall be entitled to charge and be paid all usual and proper
professional and other charges for business transacted and acts done by him or his firm in connection with the trusts of these presents and also his reasonable charges in addition to disbursements for all other work and business done and all time
spent by him or his firm in connection with matters arising in connection with these presents. 

  

	 	(r)	The Trustee may whenever it thinks fit delegate by power of attorney or otherwise to any person or persons or fluctuating body of persons (whether being a joint trustee of these
presents or not) all or any of its trusts, powers, authorities and discretions under these presents. Such delegation may be made upon such terms (including power to sub-delegate) and subject to such conditions and regulations as the Trustee may in
the interests of the Noteholders think fit. The Trustee shall not be under any obligation to supervise the proceedings or acts of any such delegate or sub-delegate or be in any way responsible for any Liability incurred by reason of any misconduct
or default on the part of any such delegate or sub-delegate. The Trustee shall within a reasonable time after any such delegation or any renewal, extension or termination thereof give notice thereof to the Issuer. 

  

	 	(s)	The Trustee may in the conduct of the trusts of these presents instead of acting personally employ and pay an agent (whether being a lawyer or other professional person) to transact
or conduct, or concur in transacting or conducting, any business and to do, or concur in doing, all acts required to be done in connection with these presents (including the receipt and payment of money). Provided that the Trustee shall have
exercised reasonable care in the selection of such agent, the Trustee shall not be in any way responsible for any Liability incurred by reason of any misconduct or default on the part of any such agent or be bound to supervise the proceedings or
acts of any such agent. 

  

	 	(t)	 The Trustee shall not be responsible for the execution, delivery, legality, effectiveness, adequacy, genuineness, validity, enforceability or admissibility in
evidence of these presents or any other document relating or expressed to be supplemental thereto and shall not be liable for any failure to obtain any licence, consent or other authority for the execution, delivery, legality, effectiveness, 

  

 30 

	 	 
adequacy, genuineness, validity, performance, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of these presents or any other document relating or expressed to be
supplemental thereto. 

  

	 	(u)	The Trustee may rely on certificates or reports from the Auditors or any other person in accordance with the provisions of these presents whether or not any such certificate or
report or engagement letter or other document entered into by the Trustee and the Auditors or such other person connection therewith contains any limit on the liability (monetary or otherwise) of the Auditors or such other person.

  

	17.	TRUSTEE’S LIABILITY 

  
 The duty of care contained in Section 1 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to these presents. However, nothing in these presents shall in any case in
which the Trustee has failed to show the degree of care and diligence required of it as trustee having regard to the provisions of these presents conferring on it any trusts, powers, authorities or discretions exempt the Trustee from or indemnify it
against any liability for breach of trust of which it may be guilty in relation to its duties under these presents. 
  

	18.	TRUSTEE CONTRACTING WITH THE ISSUER AND THE GUARANTOR 

  
 Neither the Trustee nor any director or officer or holding company, Subsidiary or associated company of a corporation acting as a trustee under these
presents shall by reason of its or his fiduciary position be in any way precluded from: 
  

	 	(a)	entering into or being interested in any contract or financial or other transaction or arrangement with the Issuer or the Guarantor or any person or body corporate associated with
the Issuer or the Guarantor (including without limitation any contract, transaction or arrangement of a banking or insurance nature or any contract, transaction or arrangement in relation to the making of loans or the provision of financial
facilities or financial advice to, or the purchase, placing or underwriting of or the subscribing or procuring subscriptions for or otherwise acquiring, holding or dealing with, or acting as paying agent in respect of, the Notes or any other notes,
bonds, stocks, shares, debenture stock, debentures or other securities of, the Issuer or the Guarantor or any person or body corporate associated as aforesaid); or 

  

	 	(b)	accepting or holding the trusteeship of any other trust deed constituting or securing any other securities issued by or relating to the Issuer or the Guarantor or any such person or
body corporate so associated or any other office of profit under the Issuer or the Guarantor or any such person or body corporate so associated, 

  

and shall be entitled to exercise and enforce its rights, comply with its obligations and perform its duties under or in relation to any such contract,
transaction or arrangement as is referred to in (a) above or, as the case may be, any such trusteeship or office of profit as is referred to in (b) above without regard to the interests of the Noteholders and notwithstanding that the same may be
contrary or prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders and shall not be responsible for any Liability occasioned to the Noteholders thereby and shall be entitled to retain and shall not be in any way liable to account for any profit made or
share of brokerage or commission or remuneration or other amount or benefit received thereby or in connection therewith. 
  

 31 

 Where any holding company, Subsidiary or associated company of the Trustee or any director or officer of
the Trustee acting other than in his capacity as such a director or officer has any information, the Trustee shall not thereby be deemed also to have knowledge of such information and, unless it shall have actual knowledge of such information, shall
not be responsible for any loss suffered by Noteholders resulting from the Trustee’s failing to take such information into account in acting or refraining from acting under or in relation to these presents. 
  

	19.	WAIVER, AUTHORISATION AND DETERMINATION 

  

	19.1	The Trustee may without the consent or sanction of the Noteholders, the Receiptholders or the Couponholders and without prejudice to its rights in respect of any subsequent breach,
Event of Default or Potential Event of Default from time to time and at any time but only if and in so far as in its opinion the interests of the Noteholders shall not be materially prejudiced thereby waive or authorise any breach or proposed breach
by the Issuer or the Guarantor of any of the covenants or provisions contained in these presents or determine that any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default shall not be treated as such for the purposes of these presents PROVIDED ALWAYS
THAT the Trustee shall not exercise any powers conferred on it by this Clause in contravention of any express direction given by Extraordinary Resolution or by a request under Condition 11 but so that no such direction or request shall affect any
waiver, authorisation or determination previously given or made. Any such waiver, authorisation or determination may be given or made on such terms and subject to such conditions (if any) as the Trustee may determine, shall be binding on the
Noteholders, the Receiptholders and the Couponholders and, if, but only if, the Trustee shall so require, shall be notified by the Issuer or the Guarantor to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 as soon as practicable thereafter.

  
 MODIFICATION 
  

	19.2	The Trustee may without the consent or sanction of the Noteholders, the Receiptholders or the Couponholders at any time and from time to time concur with the Issuer and the
Guarantor in making any modification (a) to these presents which in the opinion of the Trustee it may be proper to make PROVIDED THAT the Trustee is of the opinion that such modification will not be materially prejudicial to the interests of the
Noteholders or (b) to these presents if in the opinion of the Trustee such modification is of a formal, minor or technical nature or to correct a manifest or proven error or to comply with mandatory provisions of law. Any such modification may be
made on such terms and subject to such conditions (if any) as the Trustee may determine, shall be binding upon the Noteholders, the Receiptholders and the Couponholders and, unless the Trustee agrees otherwise, shall be notified by the Issuer or the
Guarantor to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 as soon as practicable thereafter. 

  
 BREACH 
  

	19.3	Any breach of or failure to comply by the Issuer or the Guarantor (as the case may be) with any such terms and conditions as are referred to in sub-clauses 19.1 and 19.2 of this
Clause shall constitute a default by the Issuer or the Guarantor (as the case may be) in the performance or observance of a covenant or provision binding on it under or pursuant to these presents. 

  

 32 

	20.	HOLDER OF DEFINITIVE NOTE ASSUMED TO BE RECEIPTHOLDER AND COUPONHOLDER 

  

	20.1	Wherever in these presents the Trustee is required or entitled to exercise a power, trust, authority or discretion under these presents, except as ordered by a court of competent
jurisdiction or as required by applicable law, the Trustee shall, notwithstanding that it may have express notice to the contrary, assume that each Noteholder is the holder of all Receipts and Coupons appertaining to each Definitive Note of which he
is the holder. 

  
 NO NOTICE TO RECEIPTHOLDERS OR
COUPONHOLDERS 
  

	20.2	Neither the Trustee nor the Issuer nor the Guarantor shall be required to give any notice to the Receiptholders or Couponholders for any purpose under these presents and the
Receiptholders or Couponholders shall be deemed for all purposes to have notice of the contents of any notice given to the holders of Notes in accordance with Condition 15. 

  

	21.	CURRENCY INDEMNITY 

  
 Each of the Issuer and the Guarantor shall severally indemnify the Trustee, every Appointee, the Noteholders, the Receiptholders and the Couponholders and
keep them indemnified against: 
  

	 	(a)	any Liability incurred by any of them arising from the non-payment by the Issuer or the Guarantor of any amount due to the Trustee or the holders of the Notes and the relative
Receiptholders or Couponholders under these presents by reason of any variation in the rates of exchange between those used for the purposes of calculating the amount due under a judgment or order in respect thereof and those prevailing at the date
of actual payment by the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor; and 

  

	 	(b)	any deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (i) the date as of which the local currency equivalent of the amounts due or contingently due
under these presents (other than this Clause) is calculated for the purposes of any bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation of the Issuer or the Guarantor and (ii) the final date for ascertaining the amount of claims in such bankruptcy, insolvency or
liquidation. The amount of such deficiency shall be deemed not to be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any distribution of assets in connection with any such bankruptcy, insolvency or
liquidation. 

  
 The above indemnities shall
constitute obligations of the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor separate and independent from their other obligations under the other provisions of these presents and shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by the Trustee or
the Noteholders, the Receiptholders or the Couponholders from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the judgment or filing of any proof or proofs in any bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation of the Issuer or, as
the case may be, the Guarantor for a liquidated sum or sums in respect of amounts due under these presents (other than this Clause). Any such deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss suffered by the Noteholders, the
Receiptholders and the Couponholders and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor or its or their liquidator or liquidators. 
  

 33 

	22.	NEW TRUSTEE 

  

	22.1	The power to appoint a new trustee of these presents shall be vested solely in the Issuer but no person shall be appointed who shall not previously have been approved by an
Extraordinary Resolution. One or more persons may hold office as trustee or trustees of these presents but such trustee or trustees shall be or include a Trust Corporation. Whenever there shall be more than two trustees of these presents the
majority of such trustees shall be competent to execute and exercise all the duties, powers, trusts, authorities and discretions vested in the Trustee by these presents PROVIDED THAT a Trust Corporation shall be included in such majority. Any
appointment of a new trustee of these presents shall as soon as practicable thereafter be notified by the Issuer to the Agent and the Noteholders. 

  

SEPARATE AND CO-TRUSTEES 
  

	22.2	Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-clause 22.1 above, the Trustee may, upon giving prior notice to the Issuer and the Guarantor (but without the consent of the Issuer, the
Guarantor, the Noteholders, Receiptholders or Couponholders), appoint any person established or resident in any jurisdiction (whether a Trust Corporation or not) to act either as a separate trustee or as a co-trustee jointly with the Trustee:

  

	 	(a)	if the Trustee considers such appointment to be in the interests of the Noteholders; 

  

	 	(b)	for the purposes of conforming to any legal requirements, restrictions or conditions in any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts is or are to be performed; or

  

	 	(c)	for the purposes of obtaining a judgment in any jurisdiction or the enforcement in any jurisdiction of either a judgment already obtained or any of the provisions of these presents
against the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor. 

  
 The Issuer irrevocably appoints the Trustee to be its attorney in its name and on its behalf to execute any such instrument of appointment. Such a person shall (subject always to the provisions of these presents) have
such trusts, powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those conferred on the Trustee by these presents) and such duties and obligations as shall be conferred or imposed by the instrument of appointment. The Trustee shall have power in like
manner to remove any such person. Such reasonable remuneration as the Trustee may pay to any such person, together with any attributable Liabilities incurred by it in performing its function as such separate trustee or co-trustee, shall for the
purposes of these presents be treated as Liabilities incurred by the Trustee. 
  

	23.	SUBSTITUTION 

  

	23.1  (a)    	 The Trustee may without the consent of the Noteholders, the Receiptholders or the Couponholders at any time agree with the Issuer and the Guarantor to the
substitution in place of the Issuer (or of the previous substitute under this Clause) as the principal debtor under these presents of any Subsidiary of the Guarantor or the Issuer (such substituted company being hereinafter called the New
Company) provided that a trust deed is executed or some other form of undertaking is given by the New Company in form and manner satisfactory to the Trustee, agreeing to be bound by the provisions of these presents with any consequential
amendments which the Trustee may deem appropriate as fully as if the New Company had been named in these presents as the principal debtor in place of the Issuer (or of the previous substitute 

  

 34 

	 	 
under the Clause) and provided further that (except where the New Company is the Guarantor) the Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees all
amounts payable under these presents to the satisfaction of the Trustee. 

  

	 	(b)	The following further conditions shall apply to 23.1(a) above: 

  

	 	(i)	the Issuer, the Guarantor and the New Company shall comply with such other requirements as the Trustee may direct in the interests of the Noteholders; 

  

	 	(ii)	where the New Company is subject generally to the taxing jurisdiction of a territory other than or in addition to the United Kingdom or any political sub-division or any authority
therein or thereof having power to tax, undertakings or covenants shall be given by the New Company in terms corresponding to the provisions of Condition 9 with the substitution for (or, as the case may be, the addition to) the references to the
United Kingdom of references to that other or additional territory to whose taxing jurisdiction the New Company is subject and (where applicable) Condition 8(b) shall be read and construed accordingly; 

  

	 	(iii)	without prejudice to the rights of reliance of the Trustee under the immediately following paragraph (iv), the Trustee is satisfied that the relevant transaction is not materially
prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders; and 

  

	 	(iv)	if two Directors of the New Company (or other officers acceptable to the Trustee) shall certify that the New Company is solvent at the time at which the relevant transaction is
proposed to be effected (which certificate the Trustee may rely upon absolutely) the Trustee shall not be under any duty to have regard to the financial condition, profits or prospects of the New Company or to compare the same with those of the
Issuer or the previous substitute under this Clause as applicable. 

  

	23.2	Any such trust deed or undertaking shall, if so expressed, operate to release the Issuer or the previous substitute as aforesaid from all of its obligations as principal debtor
under these presents. Not later than 14 days after the execution of such documents and compliance with such requirements, the New Company shall give notice thereof in a form previously approved by the Trustee to the Noteholders in the manner
provided in Condition 15. Upon the execution of such documents and compliance with such requirements, the New Company shall be deemed to be named in these presents as the principal debtor in place of the Issuer (or in place of the previous
substitute under this Clause) under these presents and these presents shall be deemed to be modified in such manner as shall be necessary to give effect to the above provisions and, without limitation, references in these presents to the Issuer
shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be deemed to be or include references to the New Company. 

  

	24.	TRUSTEE’S RETIREMENT AND REMOVAL 

  
 A trustee of these presents may retire at any time on giving not less than three months’ prior written notice to the Issuer and the Guarantor without
giving any reason and without being responsible for any Liabilities incurred by reason of such retirement. The Noteholders may by Extraordinary Resolution remove any trustee or trustees for the time being of these presents. 
  

 35 

 The Issuer undertakes that in the event of the only trustee of these presents which is a Trust
Corporation giving notice under this Clause or being removed by Extraordinary Resolution it will use its best endeavours to procure that a new trustee of these presents being a Trust Corporation is appointed as soon as reasonably practicable
thereafter. The retirement or removal of any such trustee shall not become effective until a successor trustee being a Trust Corporation is appointed. 
  

	25.	TRUSTEE’S POWERS TO BE ADDITIONAL 

  
 The powers conferred upon the Trustee by these presents shall be in addition to any powers which may from time to time be vested in the Trustee by the
general law or as a holder of any of the Notes, Receipts or Coupons. 
  

	26.	NOTICES 

  
 Any notice or demand to the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Trustee to be given, made or served for any purposes under these presents shall be given, made or
served by sending the same by pre-paid post (first class if inland, first class airmail if overseas), telex or facsimile transmission or by delivering it by hand as follows: 
  

			
	 to the Issuer:
	  	 East Putney House

	 	  	 84 Upper Richmond Road

	 	  	 London SW15 2ST

		
	 	  	 (Attention:        Treasury)

	 	  	 (Copy to the Guarantor)

	 	  	 Facsimile No.     020 8877 5104

		
	 to the Guarantor:
	  	 East Putney House

	 	  	 84 Upper Richmond Road

	 	  	 London SW15 2ST

		
	 	  	 (Attention:        Treasury)

	 	  	 Facsimile No.    020 8877 5104

		
	 to the Trustee:
	  	 Fifth Floor

	 	  	 100 Wood Street

	 	  	 London EC4M 9QQ

		
	 	  	 (Attention:        the Manager, Trust Management)

	 	  	 Telex No.           888347

	 	  	 Facsimile No.    020 7696 5261

  
 or to such other
address, telex or facsimile number as shall have been notified (in accordance with this Clause) to the other party hereto and any notice or demand sent by post as aforesaid shall be deemed to have been given, made or served three days in the case of
inland post or seven days in the case of overseas post after despatch and any notice or demand sent by telex or facsimile transmission as aforesaid shall be deemed to have been given, made or served 24 hours after the time of despatch PROVIDED THAT
in the case of a notice or demand given by telex or facsimile transmission such notice or demand shall forthwith be confirmed 

  

 36 

 
by post. The failure of the addressee to receive such confirmation shall not invalidate the relevant notice or demand given by telex or facsimile
transmission. 
  

	27.	GOVERNING LAW 

  
 These presents are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law. 
  

	28.	CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999 

  
 A person who is not a party to this Trust Deed or any trust deed supplemental hereto has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999
to enforce any term of this Trust Deed or any trust deed supplemental hereto, but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act. 
  

	29.	COUNTERPARTS 

  
 This Trust Deed and any trust deed supplemental hereto may be executed and delivered in any number of counterparts, all of which, taken together, shall
constitute one and the same deed and any party to this Trust Deed or any trust deed supplemental hereto may enter into the same by executing and delivering a counterpart. 
  
 IN WITNESS whereof this Trust Deed has been executed as a deed by the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee and delivered on the date
first stated on page 1. 
  

 37 

 SCHEDULE 1 
  

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOTES 
  
 [To be copied from Final Offering Circular] 
  

 38 

 TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOTES 
  
 The following are the Terms and Conditions of the Notes which will be incorporated by reference into each Global Note (as defined below)
and each definitive Note, in the latter case only if permitted by the relevant stock exchange or other relevant authority (if any) and agreed by the Issuer and the relevant Dealer at the time of issue but, if not so permitted and agreed, such
definitive Note will have endorsed thereon or attached thereto such Terms and Conditions. The applicable Pricing Supplement in relation to any Tranche of Notes may specify other terms and conditions which shall, to the extent so specified or to the
extent inconsistent with the following Terms and Conditions, replace or modify the following Terms and Conditions for the purpose of such Notes. The applicable Pricing Supplement (or the relevant provisions thereof) will be endorsed upon, or
attached to, each Global Note and definitive Note. Reference should be made to “Form of the Notes” for a description of the content of Pricing Supplements which will specify which of such terms are to apply in relation to the relevant
Notes. 
  
 This Note is one of a Series (as defined below) of Notes issued by
Tomkins Finance plc (the “Issuer”) constituted by a Trust Deed (such Trust Deed as modified and/or supplemented and/or restated from time to time, most recently by the third supplemental trust deed dated 28th August, 2003
made between the Issuer, Tomkins plc (the “Guarantor”) as guarantor and the Trustee (as defined below), the “Trust Deed”) dated 26th October, 2001 made between Tomkins plc as issuer and The Law
Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. (the “Trustee” which expression shall include any successor as trustee). 
  
 References herein to the “Notes” shall be references to the Notes of this Series and shall mean: 
  

	(i)	in relation to any Notes represented by a global Note (a “Global Note”), units of the lowest Specified Denomination in the Specified Currency;

  

	(ii)	any Global Note; and 

  

	(iii)	any definitive Notes issued in exchange for a Global Note. 

  
 The Notes, the Receipts (as defined below) and the Coupons (as defined below) have the benefit of an Agency Agreement (such Agency Agreement as amended and/or
supplemented and/or restated from time to time, the “Agency Agreement”) dated 28th August, 2003 and made between the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee, The Bank of New York, London Branch as issuing and principal paying
agent and agent bank (the “Agent”, which expression shall include any successor agent) and the other paying agents named therein (together with the Agent, the “Paying Agents”, which expression shall
include any additional or successor paying agents). 
  
 Interest bearing
definitive Notes have interest coupons (“Coupons”) and, if indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement, talons for further Coupons (“Talons”) attached on issue. Any reference herein to Coupons or
coupons shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be deemed to include a reference to Talons or talons. Definitive Notes repayable in instalments have receipts (“Receipts”) for the payment of the instalments of principal
(other than the final instalment) attached on issue. Global Notes do not have Receipts, Coupons or Talons attached on issue. 
  
 The Pricing Supplement for this Note (or the relevant provisions thereof) is attached to or endorsed on this Note and supplements these Terms and Conditions and may
specify other terms and conditions which shall, to the extent so specified or to the extent inconsistent with these Terms and Conditions, replace or modify these Terms and Conditions for the purposes of this Note. References to the
“applicable Pricing Supplement” are to the Pricing Supplement (or the relevant provisions thereof) attached to or endorsed on this Note. 
  

The Trustee acts for the benefit of the holders for the time being of the Notes, the holders of the Receipts and the holders of the Coupons, in accordance with the
provisions of the Trust Deed. Any reference to “Noteholders” or “holders” in relation to any Notes shall mean the holders of the Notes and shall, in relation to any Notes represented by a Global Note,
be construed as provided below. Any reference herein to “Receiptholders” shall mean the holders of the Receipts and any reference herein to “Couponholders” shall mean the holders of the Coupons and
shall, unless the context otherwise requires, include the holders of the Talons. 
  
 As used herein, “Tranche” means Notes which are identical in all respects (including as to listing) and “Series” means a Tranche of Notes together with any further Tranche or Tranches of Notes
which are (i) expressed to be consolidated and form a single series and (ii) identical in all respects (including as to listing) except for their respective Issue Dates, Interest Commencement Dates and/or Issue Prices. 
  
 Copies of the Trust Deed and the Agency Agreement are available for inspection during normal
business hours at the registered office for the time being of the Trustee (being, at 28th August, 2003, Fifth Floor, 100 

  

 39 

 
Wood Street, London EC2V 7EX) and at the specified office of the Agent and the other Paying Agents. Copies of the applicable Pricing Supplement are
obtainable during normal business hours at the specified office of each of the Paying Agents save that, if this Note is an unlisted Note of any Series, the applicable Pricing Supplement will only be obtainable by a Noteholder holding one or more
unlisted Notes of that Series and such Noteholder must produce evidence satisfactory to the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor and the Trustee or, as the case may be, the relevant Paying Agent as to its holding of such Notes and identity.
The Noteholders, the Receiptholders and the Couponholders are deemed to have notice of, and are entitled to the benefit of, all the provisions of the Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement, the Deed Poll and the applicable Pricing Supplement which are
applicable to them. The statements in these Terms and Conditions include summaries of, and are subject to, the detailed provisions of the Trust Deed and the Agency Agreement. 
  
 Words and expressions defined in the Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement or used in the applicable Pricing Supplement shall have the same
meanings where used in these Terms and Conditions unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise stated and provided that, in the event of inconsistency between the Trust Deed and the Agency Agreement, the Trust Deed will prevail and, in
the event of inconsistency between the Trust Deed or the Agency Agreement and the applicable Pricing Supplement, the applicable Pricing Supplement will prevail. 
  

	1	FORM, DENOMINATION AND TITLE 

  
 The Notes are in bearer form and, in the case of definitive Notes, serially numbered, in the Specified Currency and the Specified Denomination(s). Notes
of one Specified Denomination may not be exchanged for Notes of another Specified Denomination. 
  
 This Note may be a Fixed Rate Note, a Floating Rate Note, a Zero Coupon Note, an Index Linked Interest Note, a Dual Currency Interest Note or a
combination of any of the foregoing, depending upon the Interest Basis shown in the applicable Pricing Supplement. 
  
 This Note may be an Index Linked Redemption Note, an Instalment Note, a Dual Currency Redemption Note, a Partly Paid Note or a combination of any of the
foregoing, depending upon the Redemption/Payment Basis shown in the applicable Pricing Supplement. 
  
 Definitive Notes are issued with Coupons attached, unless they are Zero Coupon Notes in which case references to Coupons and Couponholders in these Terms
and Conditions are not applicable. 
  
 Subject as set out below,
title to the Notes, Receipts and Coupons will pass by delivery. The Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee and the Paying Agents will (except as otherwise required by law) deem and treat the bearer of any Note, Receipt or Coupon as the absolute owner
thereof (whether or not overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing thereon or notice of any previous loss or theft thereof) for all purposes but, in the case of any Global Note, without prejudice to the provisions set out in the
next succeeding paragraph. 
  
 For so long as any of the Notes is
represented by a Global Note held on behalf of Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. as operator of the Euroclear System (“Euroclear”) and/or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream,
Luxembourg”), each person (other than Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg) who is for the time being shown in the records of Euroclear or of Clearstream, Luxembourg as the holder of a particular nominal amount of such Notes (in which
regard any certificate or other document issued by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as to the nominal amount of such Notes standing to the account of any person shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes save in the case of manifest error)
shall be treated by the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee and the Paying Agents as the holder of such nominal amount of such Notes for all purposes other than with respect to the payment of principal or interest on such nominal amount of such
Notes, for which purpose the bearer of the relevant Global Note shall be treated by the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee and any Paying Agent as the holder of such nominal amount of such Notes in accordance with and subject to the terms of the
relevant Global Note and the expressions “Noteholder” and “holder of Notes” and related expressions shall be construed accordingly. In determining whether a particular person is entitled to a
particular nominal amount of Notes as aforesaid, the Trustee may rely on such evidence and/or information and/or certification as it shall, in its absolute discretion, think fit and, if it does so rely, such evidence and/or information and/or
certification shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all concerned. 
  
 Notes which are represented by a Global Note will be transferable only in accordance with the rules and procedures for the time being of Euroclear and
Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be. References to Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg shall, whenever the context so permits, be 

  

 40 

 
deemed to include a reference to any additional or alternative clearing system specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement or as may otherwise be approved
by the Issuer, the Agent and the Trustee. 
  

	2	GUARANTEE 

  
 The payment of principal and interest in respect of the Notes and all other moneys payable by the Issuer under or pursuant to the Trust Deed has been
unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the Guarantor in the Trust Deed (the “Guarantee”). The obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee are direct, unconditional, unsubordinated and (subject to the provisions of
Condition 4) unsecured obligations of the Guarantor and (save as aforesaid and for certain obligations required to be preferred by law) rank equally with all other unsecured obligations (other than subordinated obligations, if any) of the Guarantor,
from time to time outstanding. 
  

	3	STATUS OF THE NOTES 

  
 The Notes and any relative Receipts and Coupons are direct, unconditional, unsubordinated and (subject to the provisions of Condition 4) unsecured
obligations of the Issuer and rank pari passu among themselves and (save as aforesaid and for certain obligations required to be preferred by law) equally with all other unsecured obligations (other than subordinated obligations, if any) of
the Issuer, from time to time outstanding. 
  

	4	NEGATIVE PLEDGE 

  
 So long as any of the Notes remains outstanding, neither the Issuer nor the Guarantor will, and the Guarantor will ensure that each of its Subsidiaries
(save for the Issuer) will not, secure any existing or future Debt Obligations or guarantees of Debt Obligations by means of a mortgage, pledge, lien or other security upon, or with respect to, any of its present or future undertaking, revenues or
assets (including any uncalled capital) unless all amounts payable by the Issuer under the Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons and the Trust Deed and/or the Guarantor under the Trust Deed (as the case may be) are secured equally and rateably to the
satisfaction of the Trustee by the same mortgage, pledge, lien or other security or such other security interest or other arrangement (whether or not including the giving of a security interest) is provided either (a) as the Trustee shall in its
absolute discretion deem not materially less beneficial to the interests of the Noteholders or (b) as shall be approved by an Extraordinary Resolution (as defined in the Trust Deed) of the Noteholders. 
  
 In these Conditions, the following expressions have the following meanings:

  
 “Debt Obligations” means any
indebtedness which is in the form of or represented by notes, bonds or other securities which are, or are intended to be, quoted, listed or dealt in or on any stock exchange or over-the-counter market; and 
  
 “Subsidiary” has the meaning given to that term in
Section 736 of the Companies Act 1985. 
  

	5	REDENOMINATION 

  

	 	(a)	Redenomination 

  
 Where redenomination is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement as being applicable, the Issuer may, without the consent of the Noteholders, the
Receiptholders and the Couponholders, on giving prior notice to the Trustee, the Agent, Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg and at least 30 days’ prior notice to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15, elect that, with effect from
the Redenomination Date specified in the notice, the Notes shall be redenominated in euro. 
  
 The election will have effect as follows: 
  

	 	(i)	 the Notes and the Receipts shall be deemed to be redenominated into euro in the denomination of euro 0.01 with a principal amount for each Note and Receipt equal to
the principal amount of that Note or Receipt in the Specified Currency, converted into euro at the Established Rate, provided that, if the Issuer determines, with the agreement of the Agent and with the prior written approval of the Trustee, that
the then market practice in respect of the redenomination into euro of internationally offered securities is different from the provisions specified above, such provisions shall be deemed to be amended so as to 

  

 41 

	 	 
comply with such market practice and the Issuer shall promptly notify the Noteholders, the stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes may be listed and the
Paying Agents of such deemed amendments; 

  

	 	(ii)	save to the extent that an Exchange Notice has been given in accordance with paragraph (iv) below, the amount of interest due in respect of the Notes will be calculated by reference
to the aggregate principal amount of Notes presented (or, as the case may be, in respect of which Coupons are presented) for payment by the relevant holder and the amount of such payment shall be rounded down to the nearest euro 0.01;

  

	 	(iii)	if definitive Notes are required to be issued after the Redenomination Date, they shall be issued at the expense of the Issuer in the denominations of euro 1,000, euro 10,000, euro
100,000 and (but only to the extent of any remaining amounts less than euro 1,000 or such smaller denominations as the Agent and the Trustee may approve) euro 0.01 and such other denominations as the Agent shall determine and notify to the
Noteholders; 

  

	 	(iv)	if issued prior to the Redenomination Date, all unmatured Coupons denominated in the Specified Currency (whether or not attached to the Notes) will become void with effect from the
date on which the Issuer gives notice (the “Exchange Notice”) that replacement euro-denominated Notes, Receipts and Coupons are available for exchange (provided that such securities are so available) and no payments will be
made in respect of them. The payment obligations contained in any Notes and Receipts so issued will also become void on that date although those Notes and Receipts will continue to constitute valid exchange obligations of the Issuer. New
euro-denominated Notes, Receipts and Coupons will be issued in exchange for Notes, Receipts and Coupons denominated in the Specified Currency in such manner as the Agent may specify and as shall be notified to the Noteholders in the Exchange Notice.
No Exchange Notice may be given less than 15 days prior to any date for payment of principal or interest on the Notes; 

  

	 	(v)	after the Redenomination Date, all payments in respect of the Notes, the Receipts and the Coupons, other than payments of interest in respect of periods commencing before the
Redenomination Date, will be made solely in euro as though references in the Notes to the Specified Currency were to euro. Payments will be made in euro by credit or transfer to a euro account (or any other account to which euro may be credited or
transferred) specified by the payee or, at the option of the payee, by a euro cheque; 

  

	 	(vi)	if the Notes are Fixed Rate Notes and interest for any period ending on or after the Redenomination Date is required to be calculated for a period ending other than on an Interest
Payment Date, it will be calculated by applying the Rate of Interest to each Specified Denomination, multiplying such sum by the applicable Day Count Fraction, and rounding the resultant figure to the nearest sub-unit of the relevant Specified
Currency, half of any such sub-unit being rounded upwards or otherwise in accordance with applicable market convention; and 

  

	 	(vii)	if the Notes are Floating Rate Notes, the applicable Pricing Supplement will specify any relevant changes to the provisions relating to interest. 

  

	 	(b)	Definitions 

  
 In these Conditions, the following expressions have the following meanings: 
  
 “Established Rate” means the rate for the conversion of the Specified Currency (including compliance
with rules relating to roundings in accordance with applicable European Community regulations) into euro established by the Council of the European Union pursuant to Article 123 of the Treaty; 
  
 “euro” means the currency introduced at the start of
the third stage of European economic and monetary union pursuant to the Treaty; 
  
 “Redenomination Date” means (in the case of interest bearing Notes) any date for payment of interest under the Notes or (in the case of Zero Coupon Notes) any date, in each case specified by
the Issuer in the notice given to the Noteholders pursuant to paragraph (a) above and which falls on or after the date on which the country of the Specified Currency first participates in the third stage of European economic and monetary union; and

  
 “Treaty” means the Treaty
establishing the European Community, as amended. 
  

 42 

	6	INTEREST 

  

	 	(a)	Interest on Fixed Rate Notes 

  
 Each Fixed Rate Note bears interest on its outstanding nominal amount (or, if it is a Partly Paid Note, the amount paid up) from (and including) the
Interest Commencement Date at the rate(s) per annum equal to the Rate(s) of Interest. Interest will be payable in arrear on the Interest Payment Date(s) in each year up to (and including) the Maturity Date. 
  
 Except as provided in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the amount of
interest payable on each Interest Payment Date in respect of the Fixed Interest Period ending on (but excluding) such date will amount to the Fixed Coupon Amount. Payments of interest on any Interest Payment Date will, if so specified in the
applicable Pricing Supplement, amount to the Broken Amount so specified. 
  
 As used in these Conditions, “Fixed Interest Period” means the period from (and including) an Interest Payment Date (or the Interest Commencement Date) to (but excluding) the next (or first)
Interest Payment Date. 
  
 If interest is required to be
calculated for a period other than a Fixed Interest Period, such interest shall be calculated by applying the Rate of Interest to each Specified Denomination, multiplying such sum by the applicable Day Count Fraction, and rounding the resultant
figure to the nearest sub-unit of the relevant Specified Currency, half of any such sub-unit being rounded upwards or otherwise in accordance with applicable market convention. 
  
 “Day Count Fraction” means, in respect of the calculation of an amount of interest, in accordance
with this Condition 6(a): 
  

	 	(i)	if “Actual/Actual (ISMA)” is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement: 

  

	 	(a)	in the case of Notes where the number of days in the relevant period from (and including) the most recent Interest Payment Date (or, if none, the Interest Commencement Date) to (but
excluding) the relevant payment date (the “Accrual Period”) is equal to or shorter than the Determination Period during which the Accrual Period ends, the number of days in such Accrual Period divided by the product of (1)
the number of days in such Determination Period and (2) the number of Determination Dates (as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement) that would occur in one calendar year; or 

  

	 	(b)	in the case of Notes where the Accrual Period is longer than the Determination Period during which the Accrual Period ends, the sum of: 

  

	 	(1)	the number of days in such Accrual Period falling in the Determination Period in which the Accrual Period begins divided by the product of (x) the number of days in such
Determination Period and (y) the number of Determination Dates that would occur in one calendar year; and 

  

	 	(2)	the number of days in such Accrual Period falling in the next Determination Period divided by the product of (x) the number of days in such Determination Period and (y) the number
of Determination Dates that would occur in one calendar year; and 

  

	 	(ii)	if “30/360” is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the number of days in the period from (and including) the most recent Interest Payment Date (or, if none,
the Interest Commencement Date) to (but excluding) the relevant payment date (such number of days being calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days with 12 30-day months) divided by 360. 

  
 In these Conditions, the following expressions have the following meanings:

  
 “Determination Period” means each
period from (and including) a Determination Date to (but excluding) the next Determination Date (including, where either the Interest Commencement Date or the final Interest Payment Date is not a Determination Date, the period commencing on the
first Determination Date prior to, and ending on the first Determination Date falling after, such date); and 
  
 “sub-unit” means, with respect to any currency other than euro, the lowest amount of such currency that is available as legal
tender in the country of such currency and, with respect to euro, one cent. 
  

 43 

	 	(b)	Interest on Floating Rate Notes and Index Linked Interest Notes 

  

	 	(i)	Interest Payment Dates 

  
 Each Floating Rate Note and Index Linked Interest Note bears interest on its outstanding nominal amount (or, if it is a Partly Paid Note, the amount paid
up) from (and including) the Interest Commencement Date and such interest will be payable in arrear on either: 
  

	 	(A)	the Specified Interest Payment Date(s) in each year specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement; or 

  

	 	(B)	if no Specified Interest Payment Date(s) is/are specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, each date (each such date, together with each Specified Interest Payment Date, an
“Interest Payment Date”) which falls the number of months or other period specified as the Specified Period in the applicable Pricing Supplement after the preceding Interest Payment Date or, in the case of the first Interest
Payment Date, after the Interest Commencement Date. 

  
 Such interest will be payable in respect of each Interest Period (which expression shall, in these Terms and Conditions, mean the period from (and including) an Interest Payment Date (or the Interest Commencement Date) to (but excluding)
the next (or first) Interest Payment Date). 
  
 If a Business
Day Convention is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement and (x) if there is no numerically corresponding day on the calendar month in which an Interest Payment Date should occur or (y) if any Interest Payment Date would otherwise fall on a
day which is not a Business Day, then, if the Business Day Convention specified is: 
  

	 	(1)	in any case where Specified Periods are specified in accordance with Condition 6(b)(i)(B) above, the Floating Rate Convention, such Interest Payment Date (i) in the case of (x)
above, shall be the last day that is a Business Day in the relevant month and the provisions of (B) below shall apply mutatis mutandis or (ii) in the case of (y) above, shall be postponed to the next day which is a Business Day unless it
would thereby fall into the next calendar month, in which event (A) such Interest Payment Date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day and (B) each subsequent Interest Payment Date shall be the last Business Day in the
month which falls the Specified Period after the preceding applicable Interest Payment Date occurred; or 

  

	 	(2)	the Following Business Day Convention, such Interest Payment Date shall be postponed to the next day which is a Business Day; or 

  

	 	(3)	the Modified Following Business Day Convention, such Interest Payment Date shall be postponed to the next day which is a Business Day unless it would thereby fall into the next
calendar month, in which event such Interest Payment Date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day; or 

  

	 	(4)	the Preceding Business Day Convention, such Interest Payment Date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day. 

  
 In these Conditions, “Business Day” means a day
which is both: 
  

	 	(A)	a day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments and are open for general business (including dealing in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits)
in London and any Additional Business Centre specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement; and 

  

	 	(B)	either (1) in relation to any sum payable in a Specified Currency other than euro, a day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments and are open for
general business (including dealing in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in the principal financial centre of the country of the relevant Specified Currency (if other than London and any Additional Business Centre and which, if the
Specified Currency is Australian dollars or New Zealand dollars, shall be Sydney and Auckland, respectively) or (2) in relation to any sum payable in euro, a day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer
(TARGET) System (the “TARGET System”) is open. 

  

 44 

	 	(ii)	Rate of Interest 

  
 The Rate of Interest payable from time to time in respect of Floating Rate Notes and Index Linked Interest Notes will be determined in the manner
specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. 
  

	 	(A)	ISDA Determination for Floating Rate Notes 

  
 Where ISDA Determination is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement as the manner in which the Rate of Interest is to be determined, the Rate of
Interest for each Interest Period will be the relevant ISDA Rate plus or minus (as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement) the Margin (if any). For the purposes of this 
 sub-paragraph (A), “ISDA Rate” for an Interest Period means a rate equal to the Floating Rate that would be determined by the
Agent under an interest rate swap transaction if the Agent were acting as Calculation Agent for that swap transaction under the terms of an agreement incorporating the 2000 ISDA Definitions as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives
Association, Inc. and as amended and updated as at the Issue Date of the first Tranche of the Notes (the “ISDA Definitions”) and under which: 
  

	 	(1)	the Floating Rate Option is as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement; 

  

	 	(2)	the Designated Maturity is a period specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement; and 

  

	 	(3)	the relevant Reset Date is either (i) if the applicable Floating Rate Option is based on the London inter-bank offered rate (“LIBOR”) or on the Euro-zone
inter-bank offered rate (“EURIBOR”), the first day of that Interest Period or (ii) in any other case, as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. 

  
 For the purposes of this sub-paragraph (A), “Floating
Rate”, “Calculation Agent”, “Floating Rate Option”, “Designated Maturity” and “Reset Date” have the meanings given to those terms in the
ISDA Definitions. 
  

	 	(B)	Screen Rate Determination for Floating Rate Notes 

  
 Where Screen Rate Determination is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement as the manner in which the Rate of Interest is to be determined, the
Rate of Interest for each Interest Period will, subject as provided below, be either: 
  
 (1) the offered quotation; or 
  
 (2) the arithmetic mean (rounded if necessary to the fifth decimal place, with 0.000005 being rounded upwards) of the offered quotations, 
  
 (expressed as a percentage rate per annum) for the Reference Rate which appears or appear, as the case may be, on the Relevant Screen Page as at 11.00
a.m. (London time, in the case of LIBOR, or Brussels time, in the case of EURIBOR) on the Interest Determination Date in question plus or minus (as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement) the Margin (if any), all as determined by the Agent.
If five or more of such offered quotations are available on the Relevant Screen Page, the highest (or, if there is more than one such highest quotation, one only of such quotations) and the lowest (or, if there is more than one such lowest
quotation, one only of such quotations) shall be disregarded by the Agent for the purpose of determining the arithmetic mean (rounded as provided above) of such offered quotations. 
  
 The Agency Agreement contains provisions for determining the Rate of Interest in the event that the Relevant Screen Page is
not available or if, in the case of (1) above, no such offered quotation appears or, in the case of (2) above, fewer than three such offered quotations appear, in each case as at the time specified in the preceding paragraph. 
  
 If the Reference Rate from time to time in respect of Floating Rate Notes
is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement as being other than LIBOR or EURIBOR, the Rate of Interest in respect of such Notes will be determined as provided in the applicable Pricing Supplement. 
  

 45 

	 	(iii)	Minimum Rate of Interest and/or Maximum Rate of Interest 

  
 If the applicable Pricing Supplement specifies a Minimum Rate of Interest for any Interest Period, then, in the event that the Rate of Interest in
respect of such Interest Period determined in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (ii) above is less than such Minimum Rate of Interest, the Rate of Interest for such Interest Period shall be such Minimum Rate of Interest. 
  
 If the applicable Pricing Supplement specifies a Maximum Rate of Interest
for any Interest Period, then, in the event that the Rate of Interest in respect of such Interest Period determined in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (ii) above is greater than such Maximum Rate of Interest, the Rate of Interest for
such Interest Period shall be such Maximum Rate of Interest. 
  

	 	(iv)	Determination of Rate of Interest and calculation of Interest Amounts 

  

The Agent, in the case of Floating Rate Notes, and the Calculation Agent, in the case of Index Linked Interest Notes, will at or as soon as
practicable after each time at which the Rate of Interest is to be determined, determine the Rate of Interest for the relevant Interest Period. In the case of Index Linked Interest Notes, the Calculation Agent will notify the Agent of the Rate of
Interest for the relevant Interest Period as soon as practicable after calculating the same. 
  
 The Agent will calculate the amount of interest (the “Interest Amount”) payable on the Floating Rate Notes or Index Linked Interest Notes in respect of each Specified Denomination for the
relevant Interest Period. Each Interest Amount shall be calculated by applying the Rate of Interest to each Specified Denomination, multiplying such sum by the applicable Day Count Fraction, and rounding the resultant figure to the nearest sub-unit
of the relevant Specified Currency, half of any such sub-unit being rounded upwards or otherwise in accordance with applicable market convention. 
  
 “Day Count Fraction” means, in respect of the calculation of an amount of interest in accordance with this Condition 6:

  

	 	(i)	if “Actual/365” or “Actual/Actual” is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the actual number of days in the Interest Period divided by 365 (or, if any
portion of that Interest Period falls in a leap year, the sum of (A) the actual number of days in that portion of the Interest Period falling in a leap year divided by 366 and (B) the actual number of days in that portion of the Interest Period
falling in a non-leap year divided by 365); 

  

	 	(ii)	if “Actual/365 (Fixed)” is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the actual number of days in the Interest Period divided by 365; 

  

	 	(iii)	if “Actual/365 (Sterling)” is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the actual number of days in the Interest Period divided by 365 or, in the case of an
Interest Payment Date falling in a leap year, 366; 

  

	 	(iv)	if “Actual/360” is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the actual number of days in the Interest Period divided by 360; 

  

	 	(v)	if “30/360”, “360/360” or “Bond Basis” is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the number of days in the Interest Period divided by 360 (the
number of days to be calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days with 12 30-day months (unless (a) the last day of the Interest Period is the 31st day of a month but the first day of the Interest Period is a day other than the 30th or 31st day of
a month, in which case the month that includes that last day shall not be considered to be shortened to a 30-day month, or (b) the last day of the Interest Period is the last day of the month of February, in which case the month of February shall
not be considered to be lengthened to a 30-day month)); and 

  

	 	(vi)	if “30E/360” or “Eurobond Basis” is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the number of days in the Interest Period divided by 360 (the number of days
to be calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days with 12 30-day months, without regard to the date of the first day or last day of the Interest Period unless, in the case of the final Interest Period, the Maturity Date is the last day of the
month of February, in which case the month of February shall not be considered to be lengthened to a 30-day month). 

  

 46 

	 	(v)	Notification of Rate of Interest and Interest Amounts 

  
 The Agent will cause the Rate of Interest and each Interest Amount for each Interest Period and the relevant Interest Payment Date to be notified to the
Issuer, the Trustee and any stock exchange or other relevant authority on which the relevant Floating Rate Notes or Index Linked Interest Notes are for the time being listed or by which they have been admitted to listing and notice thereof to be
published in accordance with Condition 15 as soon as possible after their determination but in no event later than the fourth London Business Day thereafter. Each Interest Amount and Interest Payment Date so notified may subsequently be amended (or
appropriate alternative arrangements made by way of adjustment) without prior notice in the event of an extension or shortening of the Interest Period. Any such amendment will be promptly notified to each stock exchange or other relevant authority
on which the relevant Floating Rate Notes or Index Linked Interest Notes are for the time being listed or by which they have been admitted to listing and to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15. For the purposes of this paragraph, the
expression “London Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks and foreign exchange markets are open for general business in London. 
  

	 	(vi)	Determination or Calculation by Trustee 

  
 If for any reason the Agent or, as the case may be, the Calculation Agent at any time after the Issue Date defaults in its obligation to determine the
Rate of Interest or the Agent defaults in its obligation to calculate any Interest Amount in accordance with sub-paragraphs (ii) and (iv) above, the Trustee shall, if practicable in the circumstances, determine the Rate of Interest and/or Interest
Amount in accordance with the said sub-paragraphs. If the Trustee is not so able to determine the Rate of Interest and/or Interest Amount, the Trustee shall determine the Rate of Interest at such rate as, in its absolute discretion (having such
regard as it shall think fit to the foregoing provisions of this Condition, but subject always to any Minimum Rate of Interest or Maximum Rate of Interest specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement), it shall deem fair and reasonable in all the
circumstances or, as the case may be, the Trustee shall calculate the Interest Amount(s) in such manner as it shall deem fair and reasonable in all the circumstances and each such determination or calculation shall be deemed to have been made by the
Agent or the Calculation Agent, as applicable. 
  

	 	(vii)	Certificates to be final 

  
 All certificates, communications, opinions, determinations, calculations, quotations and decisions given, expressed, made or obtained for the purposes of
the provisions of this Condition 6(b), the Calculation Agent, shall (in the absence of wilful default, bad faith or manifest error) be binding on the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Agent, the Calculation Agent (if applicable), the other Paying Agents
and all Noteholders, Receiptholders and Couponholders and (in the absence as aforesaid) no liability to the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Noteholders, the Receiptholders or the Couponholders shall attach to the Trustee in connection with the exercise
or non-exercise by it of its powers, duties and discretions pursuant to such provisions and no liability to the Noteholders, the Receiptholders or the Couponholders shall attach to the Agent or the Calculation Agent (if applicable) in connection
with the exercise or non-exercise by it of its powers, duties and discretions pursuant to such provisions. 
  

	 	(c)	Interest on Dual Currency Interest Notes 

  
 The rate or amount of interest payable in respect of Dual Currency Interest Notes shall be determined in the manner specified in the applicable Pricing
Supplement. 
  

	 	(d)	Interest on Partly Paid Note 

  
 In the case of Partly Paid Notes (other than Partly Paid Notes which are Zero Coupon Notes), interest will accrue as aforesaid on the paid-up nominal
amount of such Notes and otherwise as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. 
  

	 	(e)	Accrual of interest 

  
 Each Note (or in the case of the redemption of part only of a Note, that part only of such Note) will cease to bear interest (if any) from the date for
its redemption unless, upon due presentation thereof, payment of principal is improperly withheld or refused. In such event, interest will continue to accrue as provided in the Trust Deed. 
  

 47 

	7	PAYMENTS 

  

	 	(a)	Method of payment 

  
 Subject as provided below: 
  

	 	(i)	payments in a Specified Currency other than euro will be made by credit or transfer to an account in the relevant Specified Currency (which, in the case of a payment in Japanese yen
to a non-resident of Japan, shall be a non-resident account) maintained by the payee with, or, at the option of the payee, by a cheque in such Specified Currency drawn on, a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of such Specified
Currency (which, if the Specified Currency is Australian dollars or New Zealand dollars, shall be Sydney and Auckland, respectively); and 

  

	 	(ii)	payments in euro will be made by credit or transfer to a euro account (or any other account to which euro may be credited or transferred) specified by the payee or, at the option of
the payee, by a euro cheque. 

  
 Payments will be
subject in all cases to any fiscal or other laws and regulations applicable thereto in the place of payment, but without prejudice to the provisions of Condition 9. 
  

	 	(b)	Presentation of definitive Notes, Receipts and Coupons 

  
 Payments of principal in respect of definitive Notes will (subject as provided below) be made in the manner provided in paragraph (a) above only against
presentation and surrender (or, in the case of part payment of any sum due, endorsement) of definitive Notes, and payments of interest in respect of definitive Notes will (subject as provided below) be made as aforesaid only against presentation and
surrender (or, in the case of part payment of any sum due, endorsement) of Coupons, in each case at the specified office of any Paying Agent outside the United States (which expression, as used herein, means the United States of America (including
the States and the District of Columbia, its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction)). 
  
 Payments of instalments of principal (if any) in respect of definitive Notes, other than the final instalment, will (subject as provided below) be made in
the manner provided in paragraph (a) above against presentation and surrender (or, in the case of part payment of any sum due, endorsement) of the relevant Receipt in accordance with the preceding paragraph. Payment of the final instalment will be
made in the manner provided in paragraph (a) above only against presentation and surrender (or, in the case of part payment of any sum due, endorsement) of the relevant Note in accordance with the preceding paragraph. Each Receipt must be presented
for payment of the relevant instalment together with the definitive Note to which it appertains. Receipts presented without the definitive Note to which they appertain do not constitute valid obligations of the Issuer. Upon the date on which any
definitive Note becomes due and repayable, unmatured Receipts (if any) relating thereto (whether or not attached) shall become void and no payment shall be made in respect thereof. 
  
 Fixed Rate Notes in definitive form (other than Dual Currency Notes, Index Linked Notes or Long Maturity Notes (as defined
below)) should be presented for payment together with all unmatured Coupons appertaining thereto (which expression shall for this purpose include Coupons falling to be issued on exchange of matured Talons), failing which the amount of any missing
unmatured Coupon (or, in the case of payment not being made in full, the same proportion of the amount of such missing unmatured Coupon as the sum so paid bears to the sum due) will be deducted from the sum due for payment. Each amount of principal
so deducted will be paid in the manner mentioned above against surrender of the relative missing Coupon at any time before the expiry of 10 years after the Relevant Date (as defined in Condition 9) in respect of such principal (whether or not such
Coupon would otherwise have become void under Condition 10) or, if later, five years from the date on which such Coupon would otherwise have become due, but in no event thereafter. 
  
 Upon any Fixed Rate Note in definitive form becoming due and repayable prior to its Maturity Date, all unmatured Talons (if
any) appertaining thereto will become void and no further Coupons will be issued in respect thereof. 
  
 Upon the date on which any Floating Rate Note, Dual Currency Note, Index Linked Note or Long Maturity Note in definitive form becomes due and repayable,
unmatured Coupons and Talons (if any) relating thereto (whether or not attached) shall become void and no payment or, as the case may be, exchange for further Coupons shall be made in respect thereof. 
  

 48 

 For the purposes of these Conditions, a “Long Maturity Note” is a Fixed Rate Note
(other than a Fixed Rate Note which on issue had a Talon attached) whose nominal amount on issue is less than the aggregate interest payable thereon provided that such Note shall cease to be a Long Maturity Note on the Interest Payment Date on which
the aggregate amount of interest remaining to be paid after that date is less than the nominal amount of such Note. 
  
 If the due date for redemption of any definitive Note is not an Interest Payment Date, interest (if any) accrued in respect of such Note from (and
including) the preceding Interest Payment Date or, as the case may be, the Interest Commencement Date shall be payable only against surrender of the relevant definitive Note. 
  

	 	(c)	Payments in respect of Global Notes 

  
 Payments of principal and interest (if any) in respect of Notes represented by any Global Note will (subject as provided below) be made in the manner
specified above in relation to definitive Notes and otherwise in the manner specified in the relevant Global Note against presentation or surrender, as the case may be, of such Global Note at the specified office of any Paying Agent outside the
United States. A record of each payment made against presentation or surrender of any Global Note, distinguishing between any payment of principal and any payment of interest, will be made on such Global Note by the Paying Agent to which it was
presented and such record shall be prima facie evidence that the payment in question has been made. 
  

	 	(d)	General provisions applicable to payments 

  
 The holder of a Global Note shall be the only person entitled to receive payments in respect of Notes represented by such Global Note and the Issuer or,
as the case may be, the Guarantor will be discharged by payment to, or to the order of, the holder of such Global Note in respect of each amount so paid. Each of the persons shown in the records of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as the
beneficial holder of a particular nominal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note must look solely to Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, for his share of each payment so made by the Issuer or, as the case may be, the
Guarantor to, or to the order of, the holder of such Global Note. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Condition, if any amount of principal and/or interest in respect of Notes is payable in U.S. dollars, such U.S. dollar payments of principal and/or interest in respect of such Notes will be
made at the specified office of a Paying Agent in the United States if: 
  

	 	(i)	the Issuer has appointed Paying Agents with specified offices outside the United States with the reasonable expectation that such Paying Agents would be able to make payment in U.S.
dollars at such specified offices outside the United States of the full amount of principal and interest on the Notes in the manner provided above when due; 

  

	 	(ii)	payment of the full amount of such principal and interest at all such specified offices outside the United States is illegal or effectively precluded by exchange controls or other
similar restrictions on the full payment or receipt of principal and interest in U.S. dollars; and 

  

	 	(iii)	such payment is then permitted under United States law without involving, in the opinion of the Issuer and the Guarantor, adverse tax consequences to the Issuer or the Guarantor.

  

	 	(e)	Payment Day 

  
 If the date for payment of any amount in respect of any Note, Receipt or Coupon is not a Payment Day, the holder thereof shall not be entitled to payment
until the next following Payment Day in the relevant place and shall not be entitled to further interest or other payment in respect of such delay. For these purposes, “Payment Day” means any day which (subject to Condition
10) is: 
  

	 	(i)	a day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments and are open for general business (including dealing in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits)
in: 

  

	 	(A)	the relevant place of presentation; 

  

	 	(B)	London; 

  

	 	(C)	any Additional Financial Centre specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 either (1) in relation to any sum payable in a Specified Currency other than euro, a day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments and
are open for 

  

 49 

	 	 
general business (including dealing in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in the principal financial centre of the country of the relevant
Specified Currency (if other than the place of presentation, London and any Additional Financial Centre and which, if the Specified Currency is Australian dollars or New Zealand dollars, shall be Sydney and Auckland, respectively) or (2) in relation
to any sum payable in euro, a day on which the TARGET System is open. 

  

	 	(f)	Interpretation of principal and interest 

  
 Any reference in these Terms and Conditions to principal in respect of the Notes shall be deemed to include, as applicable: 
  

	 	(i)	any additional amounts which may be payable with respect to principal under Condition 9 or under any undertaking given in addition thereto or in substitution therefor pursuant to
the Trust Deed; 

  

	 	(ii)	the Final Redemption Amount of the Notes; 

  

	 	(iii)	the Early Redemption Amount of the Notes; 

  

	 	(iv)	the Optional Redemption Amount(s) (if any) of the Notes; 

  

	 	(v)	in relation to Notes redeemable in instalments, the Instalment Amounts; 

  

	 	(vi)	in relation to Zero Coupon Notes, the Amortised Face Amount (as defined in Condition 8(e)); and 

  

	 	(vii)	any premium and any other amounts (other than interest) which may be payable by the Issuer under or in respect of the Notes. 

  
 Any reference in these Terms and Conditions to interest in respect of the
Notes shall be deemed to include, as applicable, any additional amounts which may be payable with respect to interest under Condition 9 or under any undertaking given in addition thereto or in substitution therefor pursuant to the Trust Deed.

  

	8	REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE 

  

	 	(a)	Redemption at maturity 

  
 Unless previously redeemed or purchased and in each case cancelled as specified below, each Note (including each Index Linked Redemption Note and Dual
Currency Redemption Note) will be redeemed by the Issuer at its Final Redemption Amount specified in, or determined in the manner specified in, the applicable Pricing Supplement in the relevant Specified Currency on the Maturity Date. 
  

	 	(b)	Redemption for tax reasons 

  
 This Note may be redeemed at the option of the Issuer in whole, but not in part, at any time (if this Note is neither a Floating Rate Note, an Index
Linked Interest Note nor a Dual Currency Interest Note) or on any Interest Payment Date (if this Note is either a Floating Rate Note, an Index Linked Interest Note or a Dual Currency Interest Note), on giving not less than 30 nor more than 60
days’ notice to the Trustee and the Agent and, in accordance with Condition 15, the Noteholders (which notice shall be irrevocable), if immediately prior to the giving of such notice the Issuer satisfies the Trustee that: 
  

	 	(i)	on the occasion of the next payment due under the Notes, the Issuer has or will become obliged to pay additional amounts as provided or referred to in Condition 9 or the Guarantor
would be unable for reasons outside its control to procure payment by the Issuer and in making payment itself would be required to pay such additional amounts, in each case as a result of any change in, or amendment to, the laws or regulations of a
Tax Jurisdiction (as defined in Condition 9) or any change in the application or official interpretation of such laws or regulations, which change or amendment becomes effective on or after the date on which agreement is reached to issue the first
Tranche of the Notes; and 

  

	 	(ii)	such obligation cannot be avoided by the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor taking reasonable measures available to it, 

  
 provided that no such notice of redemption shall be given earlier than 90
days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor would be obliged to pay such additional amounts were a payment in respect of the Notes then due. 
  

 50 

 Prior to the publication of any notice of redemption pursuant to this Condition, the Issuer shall deliver
to the Trustee a certificate signed by two Directors of the Issuer or, as the case may be, two Directors of the Guarantor stating that the Issuer is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the
conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer so to redeem have occurred, and an opinion of independent legal advisers of recognised standing to the effect that the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor has or will become obliged to pay
such additional amounts as a result of such change or amendment and the Trustee shall be entitled to accept the certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set out above, in which event it shall be
conclusive and binding on the Noteholders, the Receiptholders and the Couponholders. 
  
 Notes redeemed pursuant to this Condition 8(b) will be redeemed at their Early Redemption Amount referred to in paragraph (e) below together (if appropriate) with interest accrued to (but excluding) the date of
redemption. 
  

	 	(c)	Redemption at the option of the Issuer (Issuer Call) 

  
 If Issuer Call is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the Issuer may, having given: 
  

	 	(i)	not less than 15 nor more than 30 days’ notice to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15; and 

  

	 	(ii)	not less than 15 days before the giving of the notice referred to in (i), notice to the Trustee and to the Agent; 

  
 (which notices shall be irrevocable and shall specify the date fixed for
redemption), redeem all or some only of the Notes then outstanding on any Optional Redemption Date and at the Optional Redemption Amount(s) specified in, or determined in the manner specified in, the applicable Pricing Supplement together, if
appropriate, with interest accrued to (but excluding) the relevant Optional Redemption Date. Any such redemption must be of a nominal amount not less than the Minimum Redemption Amount and not more than the Maximum Redemption Amount, in each case as
may be specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. In the case of a partial redemption of Notes, the Notes to be redeemed (“Redeemed Notes”) will be selected individually by lot, in the case of Redeemed Notes represented
by definitive Notes, and in accordance with the rules of Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg, in the case of Redeemed Notes represented by a Global Note, not more than 30 days prior to the date fixed for redemption (such date of selection being
hereinafter called the “Selection Date”). In the case of Redeemed Notes represented by definitive Notes, a list of the serial numbers of such Redeemed Notes will be published in accordance with Condition 15 not less than 15
days prior to the date fixed for redemption. The aggregate nominal amount of Redeemed Notes represented by definitive Notes shall bear the same proportion to the aggregate nominal amount of all Redeemed Notes as the aggregate nominal amount of
definitive Notes outstanding bears to the aggregate nominal amount of the Notes outstanding, in each case on the Selection Date, provided that, such first mentioned nominal amount shall, if necessary, be rounded downwards to the nearest integral
multiple of the Specified Denomination, and the aggregate nominal amount of Redeemed Notes represented by a Global Note shall be equal to the balance of the Redeemed Notes. No exchange of the relevant Global Note will be permitted during the period
from (and including) the Selection Date to (and including) the date fixed for redemption pursuant to this paragraph (c) and notice to that effect shall be given by the Issuer to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 at least five days
prior to the Selection Date. 
  

	 	(d)	Redemption at the option of the Noteholders (Investor Put) 

  
 If Investor Put is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, upon the holder of any Note giving to the Issuer in accordance with Condition 15 not
less than 15 nor more than 30 days’ notice the Issuer will, upon the expiry of such notice, redeem, subject to, and in accordance with, the terms specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, such Note on the Optional Redemption Date and at
the Optional Redemption Amount together, if appropriate, with interest accrued to (but excluding) the Optional Redemption Date. 
  
 To exercise the right to require redemption of this Note the holder of this Note must deliver at the specified office of any Paying Agent at any time
during normal business hours of such Paying Agent falling within the notice period, a duly completed and signed notice of exercise (which shall be irrevocable) in the form (for the time being current) obtainable from any specified office of any
Paying Agent (a “Put Notice”) and in which the holder must specify a bank account (or, 

  

 51 

 
if payment is required to be made by cheque, an address) to which payment is to be made under this Condition 8. If this Note is in definitive form, the Put
Notice must be accompanied by this Note or evidence satisfactory to the Paying Agent concerned that this Note will, following delivery of the Put Notice, be held to its order or under its control. 
  

	 	(e)	Early Redemption Amounts 

  
 For the purpose of paragraph (b) above and Condition 11, each Note will be redeemed at its Early Redemption Amount calculated as follows: 
  

	 	(i)	in the case of a Note with a Final Redemption Amount equal to the Issue Price, at the Final Redemption Amount thereof; 

  

	 	(ii)	in the case of a Note (other than a Zero Coupon Note but including an Instalment Note and a Partly Paid Note) with a Final Redemption Amount which is or may be less or greater than
the Issue Price or which is payable in a Specified Currency other than that in which the Note is denominated, at the amount specified in, or determined in the manner specified in, the applicable Pricing Supplement or, if no such amount or manner is
so specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, at its nominal amount; or 

  

	 	(iii)	in the case of a Zero Coupon Note, at an amount (the “Amortised Face Amount”) calculated in accordance with the following formula: 

 
 Early Redemption Amount = RP x (1 + AY)y  
  
 where: 
  
 “RP” means the Reference Price; and 
  
 “AY” means the Accrual Yield expressed as a decimal; 
  
 “y” is a fraction the numerator of which is equal to the number of days (calculated on the basis of
a 360-day year consisting of 12 months of 30 days each) from (and including) the Issue Date of the first Tranche of the Notes to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption or (as the case may be) the date upon which such Note becomes due and
repayable and the denominator of which is 360, 
  
 or on such
other calculation basis as may be specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. 
  

	 	(f)	Instalments 

  
 Instalment Notes will be redeemed in the Instalment Amounts and on the Instalment Dates. In the case of early redemption, the Early Redemption Amount will
be determined pursuant to paragraph (e) above. 
  

	 	(g)	Partly Paid Notes 

  
 Partly Paid Notes will be redeemed, whether at maturity, early redemption or otherwise, in accordance with the provisions of this Condition and the
applicable Pricing Supplement. 
  

	 	(h)	Purchases 

  
 The Issuer, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Issuer or the Guarantor may at any time purchase Notes (provided that, in the case of definitive Notes,
all unmatured Receipts, Coupons and Talons appertaining thereto are purchased therewith) at any price in the open market or otherwise. If purchases are made by tender, tenders must be available to all Noteholders alike. All Notes so purchased will
be surrendered to a Paying Agent for cancellation. 
  

	 	(i)	Cancellation 

  
 All Notes which are redeemed will forthwith be cancelled (together with all unmatured Receipts, Coupons and Talons attached thereto or surrendered
therewith at the time of redemption). All Notes so cancelled and the Notes purchased and cancelled pursuant to paragraph (h) above (together with all unmatured Receipts, Coupons and Talons cancelled therewith) shall be forwarded to the Agent and
cannot be reissued or resold. 
  

	 	(j)	Late payment on Zero Coupon Notes 

  
 If the amount payable in respect of any Zero Coupon Note upon redemption of such Zero Coupon Note pursuant to paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (d) above or upon
its becoming due and repayable as provided in Condition 11 is improperly withheld or refused, the amount due and repayable in respect of such Zero Coupon Note shall be the amount calculated as provided in paragraph (e)(iii) 

  

 52 

 
above as though the references therein to the date fixed for the redemption or the date upon which such Zero Coupon Note becomes due and payable were
replaced by references to the date which is the earlier of: 
  

	 	(i)	the date on which all amounts due in respect of such Zero Coupon Note have been paid; and 

  

	 	(ii)	five days after the date on which the full amount of the moneys payable in respect of such Zero Coupon Notes has been received by the Agent or the Trustee and notice to that effect
has been given to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15. 

  

	9	TAXATION 

  
 All payments of principal and interest in respect of the Notes, Receipts and Coupons by the Issuer or the Guarantor will be made without withholding or
deduction for or on account of any present or future taxes or duties of whatever nature imposed or levied by or on behalf of any Tax Jurisdiction unless such withholding or deduction is required by law. In such event, the Issuer or, as the case may
be, the Guarantor will pay such additional amounts as shall be necessary in order that the net amounts received by the holders of the Notes, Receipts or Coupons after such withholding or deduction shall equal the respective amounts of principal and
interest which would otherwise have been receivable in respect of the Notes, Receipts or Coupons, as the case may be, in the absence of such withholding or deduction; except that no such additional amounts shall be payable with respect to any Note,
Receipt or Coupon: 
  

	 	(a)	presented for payment in the United Kingdom; or 

  

	 	(b)	presented for payment by or on behalf of a holder who is liable for such taxes or duties in respect of such Note, Receipt or Coupon by reason of his having some connection with a
Tax Jurisdiction other than the mere holding of such Note, Receipt or Coupon; or 

  

	 	(c)	presented for payment by, or by a third party on behalf of, a holder who would not be liable to such withholding or deduction if such holder had made a declaration of non-residence
or similar claim for exemption to any authority or in any Tax Jurisdiction; or 

  

	 	(d)	presented for payment more than 30 days after the Relevant Date (as defined below) except to the extent that the holder thereof would have been entitled to an additional amount on
presenting the same for payment on such thirtieth day assuming that day to have been a Payment Day (as defined in Condition 7(e)); or 

  

	 	(e)	where such withholding or deduction is imposed on a payment to an individual and is required to be made pursuant to any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to
conform to, Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other Directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of 26th-27th November, 2000; or 

  

	 	(f)	presented for payment by or on behalf of a holder who would have been able to avoid such withholding or deduction by presenting the relevant Note, Receipt or Coupon to another
Paying Agent in a Member State of the European Union. 

  
 In these Conditions, the following expressions shall have the following meanings: 
  

	 	(i)	“Tax Jurisdiction” means the United Kingdom or any political subdivision or any authority thereof or therein having power to tax; and

  

	 	(ii)	the “Relevant Date” means the date on which such payment first becomes due, except that, if the full amount of the moneys payable has not been duly received
by the Agent or the Trustee, as the case may be, on or prior to such due date, it means the date on which, the full amount of such moneys having been so received, notice to that effect is duly given to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition
15. 

  

	10	PRESCRIPTION 

  
 The Notes, Receipts and Coupons will become void unless presented for payment within a period of 10 years (in the case of principal) and five years (in
the case of interest) after the Relevant Date (as defined in Condition 9) therefor. 
  
 There shall not be included in any Coupon sheet issued on exchange of a Talon any Coupon the claim for payment in respect of which would be void pursuant to this Condition or Condition 7(b) or any Talon which would be
void pursuant to Condition 7(b). 
  

 53 

	11	EVENTS OF DEFAULT 

  
 The Trustee at its discretion may, and if so requested in writing by the holders of at least one-fifth in nominal amount of the Notes then outstanding if
so directed by an Extraordinary Resolution shall (subject in each case to being indemnified to its satisfaction), give notice to the Issuer that each Note is, and each Note shall thereupon forthwith become, immediately due and repayable at its Early
Redemption Amount (as described in Condition 8(e)), together with accrued interest as provided in the Trust Deed, if any one or more of the following events (each an “Event of Default”) shall occur and be continuing:

  

	 	(i)	if default is made in the payment of any principal or interest due in respect of the Notes or any of them and the default continues for a period of 7 days in the case of principal
and 14 days in the case of interest; or 

  

	 	(ii)	if the Issuer or the Guarantor fails to perform or observe any of its other obligations under the Trust Deed and these Conditions and (except in any case where, in the opinion of
the Trustee, the failure is incapable of remedy when no such continuation or notice as is hereinafter mentioned will be required) the failure continues for the period of 30 days next following the service by the Trustee on the Issuer or the
Guarantor (as the case may be) of notice requiring the same to be remedied; or 

  

	 	(iii)	if: (i) any indebtedness (whether being principal, premium, interest or other amounts) for or in respect of any notes, bonds, debentures, debenture stock, loan stock or other
securities or any borrowed money or any liability under or in respect of any acceptance or acceptance credit in any such case in an aggregate amount of £10,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies)
(“Indebtedness for Borrowed Money”) of the Issuer or the Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary is declared due and repayable prematurely by reason of an event of default (however described); (ii) the Issuer, the Guarantor or
any Material Subsidiary fails to make any payment in respect of any Indebtedness for Borrowed Money on the due date for payment or within any applicable grace period as originally provided; (iii) any security given by the Issuer, the Guarantor or
any Material Subsidiary for any Indebtedness for Borrowed Money becomes enforceable; or (iv) default is made by the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary in making any payment due under any guarantee and/or indemnity given by it in
relation to any Indebtedness for Borrowed Money of any other person; or 

  

	 	(iv)	if any order is made by any competent court or resolution passed for the winding up or dissolution of the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary, save, in the case of the
Issuer or the Guarantor or a Material Subsidiary, for the purposes of a reorganisation of a members’ solvent voluntary winding-up on terms approved by the Trustee; or 

  

	 	(v)	if the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary ceases or threatens to cease to carry on the whole or a substantial part of its business, save for the purposes of
reorganisation on terms approved by the Trustee, or the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary stops or threatens to stop payment of, or is unable to, or admits inability to, pay its debts (or any class of its debts) as they fall due, or
is deemed unable to pay its debts within the meaning of section 123(2) of the Insolvency Act 1986; or 

  

	 	(vi)	if (A) proceedings are initiated against the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary under any applicable liquidation, insolvency, composition, reorganisation or other
similar laws, or an application is made for the appointment of an administrative or other receiver, manager, administrator or other similar official, or an administrative or other receiver, manager, administrator or other similar official is
appointed, in relation to the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary or, as the case may be, in relation to the whole or a substantial part of the undertaking or assets of any of them, or an encumbrancer takes possession of the whole or a
substantial part of the undertaking or assets of any of them, or a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other process is levied, enforced upon, sued out or put in force against the whole or a substantial part of the undertaking or
assets of any of them and (B) in any case (other than the appointment of an administrator) is not discharged within 30 days; or 

  

	 	(vii)	 if the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary initiates or consents to judicial proceedings relating to itself under any applicable liquidation,
insolvency, composition, reorganisation or other similar laws or makes a conveyance or assignment for the benefit of, 

  

 54 

	 	 
or enters into any composition or other arrangement with, its creditors generally (or any class of its creditors) or any meeting is convened to consider a
proposal for an arrangement or composition with its creditors generally (or any class of its creditors); or 

  

	 	(viii)	if the Guarantee ceases to be, or is claimed by the Issuer or the Guarantor not to be, in full force or effect, 

  
 provided, in the case of any Event of Default other than those described in
paragraphs (i), (iii) and (iv) above, that the Trustee shall have certified to the Issuer and the Guarantor that the Event of Default is, in its opinion, materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders. Such certificate shall be binding
on the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Noteholders, the Receiptholders and the Couponholders. 
  
 For the purposes of these Conditions, “Material Subsidiary” means, at any time, any Subsidiary of the Guarantor (excluding the Issuer): 
  

	 	(a)	whose total assets (consolidated in the case of a Subsidiary which itself has a Subsidiary) represent not less than 15 per cent. of the total assets of the Guarantor’s group
(as shown in the then latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor’s group); and/or 

  

	 	(b)	whose turnover (consolidated in the case of a Subsidiary which itself has a Subsidiary) represents not less than 5 per cent. of the consolidated turnover of the Guarantor’s
group (as shown in the then latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor’s group); and/or 

  

	 	(c)	to which has been transferred (whether by one transaction or a series of transactions, whether related or not) the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of a Subsidiary
which, immediately prior to such transactions or any such transaction, is a Material Subsidiary by virtue of paragraph (a) or (b) above, 

  
 all as more particularly defined in the Trust Deed. 
  
 The certificate or report of the Auditors (as defined in the Trust Deed) that, in their opinion, a Subsidiary of the Guarantor is or is not or was or was
not at any particular time or throughout any specified period a Material Subsidiary may be relied upon by the Trustee without any further enquiry or evidence and, if relied upon by the Trustee, shall, in the absence of manifest or proven error, be
conclusive and binding on all concerned. 
  

	12	REPLACEMENT OF NOTES, RECEIPTS, COUPONS AND TALONS 

  
 Should any Note, Receipt, Coupon or Talon be lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed, it may be replaced at the specified office of the Agent or any
other place approved by the Trustee upon payment by the claimant of such costs and expenses as may be incurred in connection therewith and on such terms as to evidence and indemnity as the Issuer may reasonably require. Mutilated or defaced Notes,
Receipts, Coupons or Talons must be surrendered before replacements will be issued. 
  

	13	PAYING AGENTS 

  
 The names of the initial Paying Agents and their initial specified offices are set out below. 
  
 The Issuer and the Guarantor are entitled, with the prior written approval
of the Trustee, to vary or terminate the appointment of any Paying Agent and/or appoint additional or other Paying Agents and/or approve any change in the specified office through which any Paying Agent acts, provided that: 
  

	 	(a)	there will at all times be an Agent; 

  

	 	(b)	so long as the Notes are listed on any stock exchange, there will at all times be a Paying Agent with a specified office in such place as may be required by the rules and
regulations of the relevant stock exchange (or any other relevant authority); 

  

	 	(c)	there will at all times be a Paying Agent in a jurisdiction within continental Europe (unless all Paying Agents within continental Europe are obliged to deduct or withhold tax from
payments made); and 

  

	 	(d)	 if any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other Directive implementing the conclusions of
the ECOFIN Council meeting of 26th-27th November, 2000 is introduced, the Issuer will ensure that it maintains a Paying Agent in a Member State of the European Union that will not be obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to any such Directive
or law (other than the United Kingdom unless (i) the United Kingdom is the only Member State of the European Union that will not be so obliged and (ii) there is then no United Kingdom obligation to withhold or deduct tax from 

  

 55 

	 	 
payments of principal or interest in respect of the Notes, Receipts or Coupons (provided that in the event that such withholding or deduction is subsequently
imposed the Issuer will be obliged to operate the provisions of this Condition 13(d) once again prior to the date of such imposition)), provided that this Condition 13(d) shall not apply if all Member States of the European Union will be so obliged.

  
 In addition, the Issuer and the Guarantor
shall forthwith appoint a Paying Agent having a specified office in New York City in the circumstances described in Condition 7(d). Any variation, termination, appointment or change shall only take effect (other than in the case of insolvency, when
it shall be of immediate effect) after not less than 30 nor more than 45 days’ prior notice thereof shall have been given to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15. 
  
 In acting under the Agency Agreement, the Paying Agents act solely as agents of the Issuer and the Guarantor and, in certain
circumstances set out therein, of the Trustee and do not assume any obligation to, or relationship of agency or trust with, any Noteholders, Receiptholders or Couponholders. The Agency Agreement contains provisions permitting any entity into which
any Paying Agent is merged or converted or with which it is consolidated or to which it transfers all or substantially all of its assets to become the successor agent. 
  

	14	EXCHANGE OF TALONS 

  
 On and after the Interest Payment Date on which the final Coupon comprised in any Coupon sheet matures, the Talon (if any) forming part of such Coupon
sheet may be surrendered at the specified office of the Agent or any other Paying Agent in exchange for a further Coupon sheet including (if such further Coupon sheet does not include Coupons to (and including) the final date for the payment of
interest due in respect of the Note to which it appertains) a further Talon, subject to the provisions of Condition 10. 
  

	15	NOTICES 

  
 All notices regarding the Notes will be deemed to be validly given if published in a leading English language daily newspaper of general circulation in
London. It is expected that such publication will be made in the Financial Times. The Issuer shall also ensure that notices are duly published in a manner which complies with the rules of any stock exchange or any other relevant authority on
which the Notes are for the time being listed or by which they have been admitted to listing. Any such notice will be deemed to have been given on the date of the first publication or, where required to be published in more than one newspaper, on
the date of the first publication in all required newspapers. If publication as provided above is not practicable, notice will be given in such other manner, and will be deemed to have been given on such date, as the Trustee shall approve.

  
 Until such time as any definitive Notes are issued, there
may, so long as any Global Notes representing the Notes are held in their entirety on behalf of Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg, be substituted for such publication in such newspaper(s) the delivery of the relevant notice to Euroclear
and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg for communication by them to the holders of the Notes and, in addition, for so long as any Notes are listed on a stock exchange or admitted to listing by any other relevant authority and the rules of that stock
exchange or other relevant authority so require, such notice will be published in a daily newspaper of general circulation in the place or places required by those rules. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given to the holders of the Notes
on the seventh day after the day on which the said notice was given to Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg. 
  
 Notices to be given by any Noteholder shall be in writing and given by lodging the same, together (in the case of any Note in definitive form) with the
relative Note or Notes, with the Agent. Whilst any of the Notes are represented by a Global Note, such notice may be given by any holder of a Note to the Agent through Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, in such manner as
the Agent and Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, may approve for this purpose. 
  

	16	MEETINGS OF NOTEHOLDERS, MODIFICATION, WAIVER AND SUBSTITUTION 

  
 The Trust Deed contains provisions for convening meetings of the Noteholders to consider any matter affecting their interests, including the sanctioning
by Extraordinary Resolution of a modification of the Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons or the Trust Deed. Such a meeting may be convened by the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Trustee and shall be convened by the Issuer upon request by Noteholders
holding not less than five per cent. in nominal amount of the Notes for the time being remaining outstanding. 
  

 56 

 The quorum at any such meeting for passing an Extraordinary Resolution is one or more persons holding or
representing more than 50 per cent. in nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding, or at any adjourned meeting one or more persons being or representing Noteholders whatever the nominal amount of the Notes so held or represented,
except that at any meeting the business of which includes the modification of certain provisions of the Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons or the Trust Deed (including modifying the date of maturity of the Notes or any date for payment of interest
thereon, reducing or cancelling the amount of principal or the rate of interest payable in respect of the Notes or altering the currency of payment of the Notes, the Receipts or the Coupons), the quorum shall be one or more persons holding or
representing not less than two-thirds in nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding, or at any adjourned such meeting one or more persons holding or representing not less than one-third in nominal amount of the Notes for the time
being outstanding. An Extraordinary Resolution passed at any meeting of the Noteholders shall be binding on all the Noteholders, whether or not they are present at the meeting, and on all Receiptholders and Couponholders. 
  
 The Trustee and the Issuer may agree, without the consent of the
Noteholders, Receiptholders or Couponholders, to: 
  

	 	(a)	any modification of the Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons or the Trust Deed which is not, in the opinion of the Trustee, materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders;
or 

  

	 	(b)	any modification of the Notes, the Receipts, the Coupons or the Trust Deed which is of a formal, minor or technical nature or is made to correct a manifest or proven error or to
comply with mandatory provisions of the law. 

  
 Any such modification shall be binding on the Noteholders, the Receiptholders and the Couponholders and, unless the Trustee agrees otherwise, any such modification shall be notified to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 as soon
as practicable thereafter. 
  
 In connection with the exercise by
it of any of its trusts, powers, authorities or discretions (including, without limitation, any modification, wavier or authorisation), the Trustee shall have regard to the general interests of the Noteholders as a class but shall not have regard to
any interests arising from circumstances particular to individual Noteholders, Receiptholders or Couponholders (whatever their number) and, in particular but without limitation, shall not have regard to the consequences of the exercise of its
trusts, powers, authorities or discretions for individual Noteholders, Receiptholders or Couponholders (whatever their number) resulting from their being for any purpose domiciled or resident in, or otherwise connected with, or subject to the
jurisdiction of, any particular territory and the Trustee shall not be entitled to require, nor shall any Noteholder, Receiptholder or Couponholder be entitled to claim, from the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee or any other person any
indemnification or payment in respect of any tax consequence of any such exercise upon individual Noteholders, Receiptholders or Couponholders except to the extent already provided for in Condition 9 and/or any undertaking given in addition to, or
in substitution for, Condition 9 pursuant to the Trust Deed. 
  
 The Trustee may, without the consent of the Noteholders, agree with the Issuer to the substitution in place of the Issuer (or of any previous substitute under this Condition) as the principal debtor under the Notes, Receipts, Coupons and
the Trust Deed of another company, being a Subsidiary of the Issuer, or the Guarantor, subject to the Trustee being satisfied that the interests of the Noteholders will not be materially prejudiced by the substitution and certain other conditions
set out in the Trust Deed being complied with. 
  

	17	INDEMNIFICATION OF THE TRUSTEE; ITS CONTRACTING WITH THE ISSUER AND/OR THE GUARANTOR AND ENFORCEMENT 

  
 The Trust Deed contains provisions for the indemnification of the Trustee
and for its relief from responsibility, including provisions relieving it from taking action unless indemnified to its satisfaction. 
  
 The Trust Deed also contains provisions pursuant to which the Trustee is entitled, inter alia, (i) to enter into business transactions with the
Issuer, the Guarantor and/or any of their respective Subsidiaries and to act as trustee for the holders of any other securities issued or guaranteed by the Issuer, the Guarantor and/or any of their respective Subsidiaries, (ii) to exercise and
enforce its rights, comply with its obligations and perform its duties under or in relation to any such transactions or, as the case may be, any such trusteeship without regard to the interests of the Noteholders, Receiptholders or Couponholders,
and (iii) to retain and not be liable to account for any profit made or any other amount or benefit received thereby or in connection therewith. 
  

 57 

 The Trustee may at any time, at its discretion and without notice, take such proceedings against the
Issuer and/or the Guarantor as it may think fit to enforce the provisions of the Trust Deed, the Notes and the Coupons, but it shall not be bound to take any such proceedings or any other action in relation to the Trust Deed, the Notes, the Receipts
or the Coupons unless (a) it shall have been so directed by an Extraordinary Resolution of the Noteholders or so requested in writing by the holders of at least one-fifth in nominal amount of the Notes then outstanding and (b) it shall have been
indemnified to its satisfaction. 
  
 No Noteholder, Receiptholder
or Couponholder shall be entitled to proceed directly against the Issuer and/or the Guarantor unless the Trustee, having become bound so to proceed, fails to do so within a reasonable period and the failure shall be continuing. 
  

	18	FURTHER ISSUES 

  
 The Issuer shall be at liberty from time to time without the consent of the Noteholders, the Receiptholders or the Couponholders to create and issue
further notes having terms and conditions the same as the Notes or the same in all respects save for the amount and date of the first payment of interest thereon and so that the same shall be consolidated and form a single Series with the
outstanding Notes. 
  

	19	CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999 

  
 No rights are conferred on any person under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of the Notes, but this does not affect
any right or remedy of any person which exists or is available apart from that Act. 
  

	20	GOVERNING LAW 

  
 The Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement, the Notes, the Receipts and the Coupons are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.

  

 58 

 AGENT 
  
 The Bank of New York, London Branch 
 One Canada
Square 
 London E14 5AL 
  
 OTHER PAYING AGENT 
  
 The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) SA 
 Aerogolf
Centre 
 1A, Hoehenhof 
 L-1736
Senningerberg 
 Luxembourg 
  

 59 

 SCHEDULE 2 
  

FORMS OF GLOBAL AND DEFINITIVE NOTES, RECEIPTS, COUPONS AND TALONS 
  
 PART 1 
  
 FORM OF TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE 
  
 [ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN
SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.] 
  
 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC 
 (the Issuer) 
  
 (incorporated with limited liability under the laws of England and Wales) 
  
 unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by 
  
 TOMKINS PLC 
 (the Guarantor) 
  
 (incorporated with limited liability under the laws of England and Wales) 
  
 TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE 
  
 This Note is a Temporary Global Note in respect of a duly authorised issue of Notes of the Issuer (the Notes) of the Nominal Amount, Specified Currency(ies) and Specified Denomination(s) as are specified in the Pricing Supplement
applicable to the Notes (the Pricing Supplement), a copy of which is annexed hereto. References herein to the Conditions shall be to the Terms and Conditions of the Notes as set out in the First Schedule to the Trust Deed (as defined below)
as supplemented, replaced and modified by the Pricing Supplement but, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of the said Conditions and the information in the Pricing Supplement, the Pricing Supplement will prevail. 
  
 Words and expressions defined in the Conditions shall bear the same meanings when used in
this Global Note. 
  
 This Global Note is issued subject to, and with the benefit
of, the Conditions and a Trust Deed (such Trust Deed as modified and/or supplemented and/or restated from time to time, the Trust Deed) dated 26th October, 2001 and made between the Issuer, the Guarantor and The Law Debenture Trust
Corporation p.l.c. as trustee for the holders of the Notes. 
  
 For value
received, the Issuer, subject as hereinafter provided and subject to and in accordance with the Conditions and the Trust Deed, promises to pay to the bearer hereof on each Instalment Date (if the Notes are repayable in instalments) and on the
Maturity Date and/or on such earlier date(s) as all or any of the Notes represented by this Global Note may become
due and repayable in accordance with the Conditions and the Trust Deed, the amount payable under the Conditions in respect of such Notes on each such date and to pay interest (if any) on the nominal amount of the Notes from time to 

  

 60 

 
time represented by this Global Note calculated and payable as provided in the Conditions and the Trust Deed together with any other sums payable under the
Conditions and the Trust Deed, upon presentation and, at maturity, surrender of this Global Note at the specified office of the Agent at One Canada Square, London E14 5AL, England or such other specified office as may be specified for this purpose
in accordance with the Conditions or at the specified office of any of the other Paying Agents located outside the United States, its territories and possessions (except as provided in the Conditions) from time to time appointed by the Issuer in
respect of the Notes. 
  
 On any redemption or payment of an instalment or
interest being made in respect of, or purchase and cancellation of, any of the Notes represented by this Global Note details of such redemption, payment, purchase and cancellation (as the case may be) shall be entered by or on behalf of the Issuer
in Schedule One hereto and the relevant space in Schedule One hereto recording any such redemption, payment, purchase and cancellation (as the case may be) shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer. Upon any such redemption, payment of an
instalment, purchase and cancellation the nominal amount of this Global Note and the Notes represented by this Global Note shall be reduced by the nominal amount of such Notes so redeemed or purchased and cancelled or the amount of such instalment.
The nominal amount from time to time of this Global Note and of the Notes represented by this Global Note following any such redemption, payment of an instalment, purchase and cancellation as aforesaid or any exchange as referred to below shall be
the nominal amount most recently entered in the relevant column in Parts 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule One hereto or in Schedule Two hereto. 
  
 Payments of principal and interest (if any) due prior to the Exchange Date (as defined below) will only be made to the bearer hereof to the extent that there is presented
to the Agent by Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (Clearstream, Luxembourg) or Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. as operator of the Euroclear System (Euroclear) a certificate in or substantially in the form set out in
Part 7 of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed to the effect that it has received from or in respect of a person entitled to a particular nominal amount of the Notes represented by this Global Note (as shown by its records) a certificate in or substantially
in the form of Certificate “A” as set out in Part 7 of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed. The bearer of this Global Note will not (unless upon due presentation of this Global Note for exchange, delivery of the appropriate number of Definitive
Notes (together, if applicable, with the Receipts, Coupons and Talons appertaining thereto in or substantially in the forms set out in Parts 3, 4, 5 and 6 of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed) or, as the case may be, issue and delivery (or, as the case
may be, endorsement) of the Permanent Global Note is improperly withheld or refused and such withholding or refusal is continuing at the relevant payment date) be entitled to receive any payment hereon due on or after the Exchange Date. 

 
 On or after the date (the Exchange Date) which is 40 days after the Issue Date,
this Global Note may be exchanged (free of charge) in whole or in part for, as specified in the Pricing Supplement, either Definitive Notes and (if applicable) Receipts, Coupons and/or Talons (on the basis that all the appropriate details have been
included on the face of such Definitive Notes and (if applicable) Receipts, Coupons and/or Talons and the relevant information supplementing, replacing or modifying the Conditions appearing in the Pricing Supplement has been endorsed on or attached
to such Definitive Notes) or a Permanent Global Note in or substantially in the form set out in Part 2 of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed (together with the Pricing Supplement attached thereto) upon notice being given by Euroclear and/or Clearstream,
Luxembourg acting on the instructions of any holder of an interest in this Global Note and subject, in the case of Definitive Notes, to such notice period as is specified in the Pricing Supplement. 
  
 If Definitive Notes and (if applicable) Receipts, Coupons and/or Talons have already been
issued in exchange for all the Notes represented for the time being by the Permanent Global Note, then this Global Note may only thereafter be exchanged for Definitive Notes and (if applicable) Receipts, Coupons and/or Talons pursuant to the terms
hereof. 
  

 61 

 Presentation of this Global Note for exchange shall be made by the bearer hereof on any day (other than a Saturday or
Sunday) on which banks are open for business in England at the office of the Agent specified above. The Issuer shall procure that Definitive Notes or (as the case may be) the Permanent Global Note shall be so issued and delivered in exchange for
only that portion of this Global Note in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Agent by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg a certificate in or substantially in the form set out in Part 7 of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed to the
effect that it has received from or in respect of a person entitled to a particular nominal amount of the Notes represented by this Global Note (as shown by its records) a certificate in or substantially in the form of Certificate “A” as
set out in Part 7 of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed. 
  
 On an exchange of the whole
of this Global Note, this Global Note shall be surrendered to the Agent. On an exchange of part only of this Global Note, details of such exchange shall be entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule Two hereto and the relevant space in
Schedule Two hereto recording such exchange shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer, whereupon the nominal amount of this Global Note and the Notes represented by this Global Note shall be reduced by the nominal amount of this Global Note so
exchanged. On any exchange of this Global Note for a Permanent Global Note, details of such exchange shall be entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule Two to the Permanent Global Note and the relevant space in Schedule Two thereto recording
such exchange shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer. 
  
 Until the
exchange of the whole of this Global Note as aforesaid, the bearer hereof shall (subject as provided in the next paragraph) in all respects (except as otherwise provided herein) be entitled to the same benefits as if he were the bearer of Definitive
Notes and the relative Receipts, Coupons and/or Talons (if any) in the form(s) set out in Parts 3, 4, 5 and 6 (as applicable) of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed. 
  

Each person (other than Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg) who is for the time being shown in the records of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as the holder of a
particular nominal amount of the Notes represented by this Global Note (in which regard any certificate or other document issued by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as to the nominal amount of such Notes standing to the account of any person
shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes save in the case of manifest error) shall be treated by the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Agent and any other Paying Agent as the holder of such nominal amount of such Notes for all purposes
other than with respect to the payment of principal and interest on such nominal amount of such Notes, the right to which shall be vested, as against the Issuer and the Guarantor, solely in the bearer of this Global Note in accordance with and
subject to the terms of this Global Note and the Trust Deed. 
  
 This Global Note
is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law. 
  
 A
person who is not a party to this Global Note has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Global Note, but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available
apart from that Act. 
  
 This Global Note shall not be valid unless authenticated
by The Bank of New York, London Branch, as Agent. 
  
 IN WITNESS whereof the
Issuer has caused this Global Note to be signed manually or in facsimile by a person duly authorised on its behalf. 
  
 Issued as of [                 ]. 
  
 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC 
  

 62 

			
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Duly Authorised
	
	 Authenticated by
 The Bank of New York, London Branch,
 as Agent.

  

			
	 
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Authorised Officer

  

 63 

 SCHEDULE ONE 
  
 PART 1 
  
 INTEREST PAYMENTS 
  

									
	 Date made

	  	Interest Payment
Date

	  	Total amount of
interest payable

	  	Amount of
interest paid

	  	Confirmation of
payment by or on
behalf of the
Issuer

	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

  

 64 

 PART 2 
  
 PAYMENT OF INSTALMENT AMOUNTS 
  

									
	 Date made

	  	 Total amount of
Instalment
 Amounts payable

	  	Amount of
Instalment
Amounts paid

	  	Remaining nominal
amount of this
Global Note
following such
payment *

	  	Confirmation of
payment by or on
behalf of the Issuer

	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

  

	*	See most recent entry in Parts 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule Two in order to determine this amount. 

  

 65 

 PART 3 
  
 REDEMPTIONS 
  

									
	 Date made

	  	Total amount of
principal payable

	  	Amount of
principal paid

	  	Remaining nominal
amount of this
Global Note
following such
redemption*

	  	Confirmation of
redemption by or
on behalf of the
Issuer

	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

	*	See most recent entry in Parts 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule Two in order to determine this amount. 

  

 66 

 PART 4 
  
 PURCHASES AND CANCELLATIONS 
  

							
	 Date made

	  	Part of nominal amount of
this Global Note
purchased and cancelled

	  	Remaining nominal
amount of this Global Note
following such
purchase and cancellation*

	  	Confirmation of purchase
and cancellation by or on
behalf of the Issuer

	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

	*	See most recent entry in Parts 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule Two in order to determine this amount. 

  

 67 

 SCHEDULE TWO 
  
 EXCHANGES 
  
 FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES OR PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE 
  
 The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for Definitive Notes or a part of a Permanent Global Note have been made: 
  

							
	 Date made

	  	Nominal amount of this
Global Note exchanged for
Definitive Notes or a part
of a Permanent Global Note

	  	Remaining nominal amount
of this Global Note
following such exchange *

	  	Notation made by or on
behalf of the Issuer

	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

	*	See most recent entry in Parts 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule One or in this Schedule Two in order to determine this amount. 

  

 68 

 SCHEDULE TWO 
  
 PART 2 
  
 FORM OF PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE 
  
 [ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN
SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.] 
  
 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC (the Issuer) 
  
 (incorporated with limited liability under the laws of England and Wales) 
  
 unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by 
  
 TOMKINS PLC 
 (the Guarantor) 
  
 (incorporated with limited liability under the laws of England and Wales)

  
 PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE 
  
 This Note is a Permanent Global Note in respect of a duly authorised issue of Notes of the
Issuer (the Notes) of the Nominal Amount, Specified Currency(ies) and Specified Denomination(s) as are specified in the Pricing Supplement applicable to the Notes (the Pricing Supplement), a copy of which is annexed hereto. References
herein to the Conditions shall be to the Terms and Conditions of the Notes as set out in the First Schedule to the Trust Deed (as defined below) as supplemented, replaced and modified by the Pricing Supplement but, in the event of any conflict
between the provisions of the said Conditions and the information in the Pricing Supplement, the Pricing Supplement will prevail. 
  
 Words and expressions defined in the Conditions shall bear the same meanings when used in this Global Note. 
  
 This Global Note is issued subject to, and with the benefit of, the Conditions and a Trust Deed (such Trust Deed as modified and/or
supplemented and/or restated from time to time, the Trust Deed) dated 26th October, 2001 and made between the Issuer, the Guarantor and The Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. as trustee for the holders of the Notes. 
  
 For value received, the Issuer, subject to and in accordance with the Conditions and the
Trust Deed, promises to pay to the bearer hereof on each Instalment Date (if the Notes are repayable in instalments) and on the Maturity Date and/or on such earlier date(s) as all or any of the Notes represented by this Global Note may become due
and repayable in accordance with the Conditions and the Trust Deed, the amount payable under the Conditions in respect of such Notes on each such date and to pay interest (if any) on the nominal amount of the Notes from time to time represented by
this Global Note calculated and payable as provided in the Conditions and the Trust Deed together with any other sums payable under the Conditions and the Trust Deed, upon presentation and, at 

  

 69 

 
maturity, surrender of this Global Note at the specified office of the Agent at One Canada Square, London E14 5AL, England or such other specified office as
may be specified for this purpose in accordance with the Conditions or at the specified office of any of the other Paying Agents located outside the United States, its territories and possessions (except as provided in the Conditions) from time to
time appointed by the Issuer in respect of the Notes. 
  
 On any redemption or
payment of an instalment or interest being made in respect of, or purchase and cancellation of, any of the Notes represented by this Global Note details of such redemption, payment, purchase and cancellation (as the case may be) shall be entered by
or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule One hereto and the relevant space in Schedule One hereto recording any such redemption, payment, purchase and cancellation (as the case may be) shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer. Upon any such
redemption, payment of an instalment, purchase and cancellation the nominal amount of this Global Note and the Notes represented by this Global Note shall be reduced by the nominal amount of such Notes so redeemed or purchased and cancelled or the
amount of such instalment. The nominal amount from time to time of this Global Note and of the Notes represented by this Global Note following any such redemption, payment of an instalment, purchase and cancellation as aforesaid or any exchange as
referred to below shall be the nominal amount most recently entered in the relevant column in Part 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule One hereto or in Schedule Two hereto. 
  

Where TEFRA D is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the Notes will initially have been represented by a Temporary Global Note. On any exchange of such
Temporary Global Note issued in respect of the Notes for this Global Note or any part hereof, details of such exchange shall be entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule Two hereto and the relevant space in Schedule Two hereto recording such
exchange shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer, whereupon the nominal amount of this Global Note and the Notes represented by this Global Note shall be increased by the nominal amount of the Temporary Global Note so exchanged. 
  
 This Global Note may be exchanged (free of charge) in whole, but not in part, for Definitive
Notes and (if applicable) Receipts, Coupons and/or Talons in or substantially in the forms set out in Parts 3, 4, 5 and 6 of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed (on the basis that all the appropriate details have been included on the face of such
Definitive Notes and (if applicable) Receipts, Coupons and/or Talons and the relevant information supplementing, replacing or modifying the Conditions appearing in the Pricing Supplement has been endorsed on or attached to such Definitive Notes)
either, as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement: 
  

	 	(a)	upon not less than 60 days’ written notice being given to the Agent by Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. as operator of the Euroclear System (Euroclear) and/or Clearstream
Banking, société anonyme (Clearstream, Luxembourg) (acting on the instructions of any holder of an interest in this Global Note); or 

  

	 	(b)	upon the occurrence of an Exchange Event. 

  
 An Exchange Event means: 
  

	 	(i)	an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; 

  

	 	(ii)	the Issuer has been notified that both Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg have been closed for business for a continuous period of 14 days (other than by reason of holiday,
statutory or otherwise) or have announced an intention permanently to cease business or have in fact done so and no successor clearing system satisfactory to the Trustee is available; or 

  

 70 

	 	(iii)	the Issuer has or will become subject to adverse tax consequences which would not be suffered were the Notes in definitive form and a certificate to such effect from two Directors
of the Issuer has been given to the Trustee. 

  
 If this Global Note
is exchangeable following the occurrence of an Exchange Event: 
  

	 	(a)	the Issuer will promptly give notice to Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 upon the occurrence of such Exchange Event; and 

  

	 	(b)	Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg (acting on the instructions of any holder of an interest in this Global Note) or the Trustee may give notice to the Agent requesting
exchange and, in the event of the occurrence of an Exchange Event as described in (b)(iii) above, the Issuer may also give notice to the Agent requesting exchange. 

  
 Any such exchange shall occur on a date specified in the notice not more than 45 days after the date of receipt of the first relevant notice
by the Agent. 
  
 The first notice requesting exchange in accordance with the
above provisions shall give rise to the issue of Definitive Notes for the total nominal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note. 
  
 Any such exchange as aforesaid will be made upon presentation of this Global Note by the bearer hereof on any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are
open for business in England at the office of the Agent specified above. 
  
 The
aggregate nominal amount of Definitive Notes issued upon an exchange of this Global Note will be equal to the aggregate nominal amount of this Global Note. Upon exchange of this Global Note for Definitive Notes, the Agent shall cancel it or procure
that it is cancelled. 
  
 Until the exchange of the whole of this Global Note as
aforesaid, the bearer hereof shall (subject as provided in the next paragraph) in all respects be entitled to the same benefits as if he were the bearer of Definitive Notes and the relative Receipts, Coupons and/or Talons (if any) in the form(s) set
out in Parts 3, 4, 5 and 6 (as applicable) of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed. 
  
 Each person (other than Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg) who is for the time being shown in the records of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as the holder of a particular nominal amount of the Notes represented by this Global Note
(in which regard any certificate or other document issued by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as to the nominal amount of such Notes standing to the account of any person shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes save in the case of
manifest error) shall be treated by the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Agent and any other Paying Agent as the holder of such nominal amount of such Notes for all purposes other than with respect to the payment of principal and interest on
such nominal amount of such Notes, the right to which shall be vested, as against the Issuer and the Guarantor, solely in the bearer of this Global Note in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Global Note and the Trust Deed. 

 
 This Global Note is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.

  
 A person who is not a party to this Global Note has no right under the
Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Global Note, but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act. 
  

 71 

 This Global Note shall not be valid unless authenticated by The Bank of New York, London Branch, as Agent. 
  
 IN WITNESS whereof the Issuer has caused this Global Note to be signed manually or in
facsimile by a person duly authorised on its behalf. 
  
 Issued as of
[                     ]. 
  

			
	TOMKINS FINANCE PLC
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Duly Authorised

  

			
	 Authenticated by
 The Bank of New York, London Branch,
 as Agent.

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Authorised Officer

  

 72 

 SCHEDULE ONE 
  
 PART 1 
  
 INTEREST PAYMENTS 
  

									
	 Date made

	  	Interest Payment
Date

	  	Total amount of
interest payable

	  	Amount of
interest paid

	  	Confirmation of
payment by or on
behalf of the
Issuer

	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

  

 73 

 PART 2 
  
 PAYMENT OF INSTALMENT AMOUNTS 
  

									
	 Date
Made

	  	Total amount of
Instalment
Amounts payable

	  	Amount of
Instalment
Amounts paid

	  	Remaining nominal
amount of this
Global Note
following such
payment *

	  	Confirmation of
payment by or on behalf
of the Issuer

	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

	*	See most recent entry in Parts 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule Two in order to determine this amount. 

  

 74 

 PART 3 
  
 REDEMPTIONS 
  

									
	 Date
Made

	  	Total amount of
principal payable

	  	Amount of
Principal paid

	  	Remaining nominal
amount of this
Global Note
following such
redemption *

	  	Confirmation of
redemption by or on
behalf of the Issuer

	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

	*	See most recent entry in Parts 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule Two in order to determine this amount. 

  

 75 

 PART 4 
  
 PURCHASES AND CANCELLATIONS 
  

							
	 Date Made

	  	Part of nominal amount of
this Global Note
purchased and cancelled

	  	Remaining nominal
amount of this Global
Note following such
purchase and cancellation*

	  	Confirmation of purchase
and cancellation by or on
behalf of the Issuer

	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

	*	See most recent entry in Parts 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule Two in order to determine this amount. 

  

 76 

 SCHEDULE TWO 
  
 EXCHANGES 
  

							
	 Date made

	  	Nominal amount of
Temporary Bearer
Global Note exchanged
for this Global Note

	  	Increased nominal
amount of this Global
Note following such
exchange*

	  	Notation made by or on
behalf of the Issuer

	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

	*	See most recent entry in Parts 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule One or in this Schedule Two in order to determine this amount. 

  

 77 

 SCHEDULE 2 
  

PART 3 
  
 FORM OF DEFINITIVE NOTE 
  
 [ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.] 

 
 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC 
 (the Issuer) 
  
 (incorporated with limited liability under the laws of England and Wales) 
  
 unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by 
  
 TOMKINS PLC 
 (the Guarantor)

  
 [Specified Currency and Nominal Amount of Tranche]

 NOTES DUE 
 [Year
of Maturity] 
  
 This Note is one of a Series of Notes of [Specified
Currency(ies) and Specified Denomination(s)] each of the Issuer (Notes). References herein to the Conditions shall be to the Terms and Conditions [endorsed hereon/set out in the First Schedule to the Trust Deed (as defined below) which shall
be incorporated by reference herein and have effect as if set out herein] as supplemented, replaced and modified by the relevant information appearing in the Pricing Supplement (the Pricing Supplement) endorsed hereon but, in the event of any
conflict between the provisions of the said Conditions and such information in the Pricing Supplement, such information will prevail. 
  
 Words and expressions defined in the Conditions shall bear the same meanings when used in this Note. 
  
 This Note is issued subject to, and with the benefit of, the Conditions and a Trust Deed (such Trust Deed as modified and/or supplemented
and/or restated from time to time, the Trust Deed) dated 26th October, 2001 and made between the Issuer, the Guarantor and The Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. as trustee for the holders of the Notes. 
  
 For value received, the Issuer, subject to and in accordance with the Conditions and the
Trust Deed, promises to pay to the bearer hereof on [each Instalment Date and] the Maturity Date or on such earlier date as this Note may become due and repayable in accordance with the Conditions and the Trust Deed, the amount payable on redemption
of this Note and to pay interest (if any) on the nominal amount of this Note calculated and payable as provided in the Conditions and the Trust Deed together with any other sums payable under the Conditions and the Trust Deed. 
  
 This Note shall not be valid unless authenticated by The Bank of New York, London Branch, as
Agent. 
  

 78 

 IN WITNESS whereof this Note has been executed on behalf of the Issuer. 
  
 Issued as of [            ].

  

			
	TOMKINS FINANCE PLC
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Duly Authorised

  
 Authenticated by 
 The Bank of New York, London Branch, 
 as Agent. 
  

			
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Authorised Officer

  

 79 

 [CONDITIONS] 
  
 [Conditions to be as set out in Schedule 1 to this Trust Deed or such other form as may be agreed between the Issuer, the Agent, the Trustee
and the relevant Dealer(s), but shall not be endorsed if not required by the relevant Stock Exchange.] 
  

 80 

 PRICING SUPPLEMENT 
  
 [Here to be set out the text of the relevant information supplementing, replacing or modifying the Conditions which appears in the Pricing
Supplement relating to the Notes.] 
  

 81 

 SCHEDULE 2 
  

PART 4 
  
 FORM OF RECEIPT 
  
 [Face of Receipt] 
  
 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC 
  
 [Specified Currency and
Nominal Amount of Tranche] 
 NOTES DUE 
 [Year of Maturity] 
  
 Series No. [        ] 
  
 ANY
UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE1 
  
 Receipt for the sum of [            ] being the instalment of principal payable in accordance with the Terms and Conditions applicable to the Note to which
this Receipt appertains (the Conditions) on [            ]. 
  
 This Receipt is issued subject to and in accordance with the Conditions which shall be binding upon the holder of this Receipt (whether or not it is for the time being
attached to such Note) and is payable at the specified office of any of the Paying Agents set out on the reverse hereof (and/or any other or further Paying Agents and/or specified offices as may from time to time be duly appointed and notified to
the Noteholders). 
  
 This Receipt must be presented for payment together with the
Note to which it appertains. The Issuer shall have no obligation in respect of any Receipt presented without the Note to which it appertains or any unmatured Receipts. 

	1	Delete where the original maturity of the Notes is 365 days or less. 

  

 82 

 SCHEDULE 2 
  

PART 5 
  
 FORM OF COUPON 
  
 [Face of Coupon] 
  
 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC 
  
 [Specified Currency and
Nominal Amount of Tranche] 
 NOTES DUE 
 [Year of Maturity] 
  
 Series No. [        ] 
  
 [Coupon appertaining to a Note in the denomination of [Specified Currency and Specified Denomination]]1

  
 Part A 
  
 [For Fixed Rate Notes: 
  
 Coupon for [            ] due on
[            ], [            ]] 
  
 This Coupon is payable to bearer, separately 
 negotiable and subject to the
Terms and 
 Conditions of the said Notes. 
  
 Part B 
  
 [For Floating Rate Notes or Index Linked Interest Notes: 
  
 Coupon for the amount due in accordance with 
 the Terms and Conditions endorsed on, 
 attached to or incorporated by reference 
 into the said Notes on [the
Interest Payment 
 Date falling in [    ] [    ]/[    ]]. 
  
 This Coupon is payable to bearer, separately 
 negotiable and subject to such Terms and 
 Conditions, under which it may
become void 
 before its due date.] 
  
 [ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN
SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.]* 

	1	Delete where the Notes are all of the same denomination. 

  

	*	Delete where the original maturity of the Notes is 365 days or less. 

  

 83 

 SCHEDULE 2 
  

PART 6 
  
 FORM OF TALON 
  
 [Face of Talon] 
  
 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC 
 [Specified Currency and Nominal Amount of Tranche] 
 NOTES DUE 
 [Year of Maturity]

  
 Series No. [    ] 
  
 [ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER
THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.]1 
  

[Talon appertaining to a Note in the denomination of [Specified Currency and Specified Denomination]]2 
  
 On and after [            ]
further Coupons [and a further Talon]3 appertaining to the Note to which this Talon appertains will be issued at the
specified office of any of the Paying Agents set out on the reverse hereof (and/or any other or further Paying Agents and/or specified offices as may from time to time be duly appointed and notified to the Noteholders) upon production and surrender
of this Talon. 
  
 This Talon may, in certain circumstances, become void under the
Terms and Conditions endorsed on the Note to which this Talon appertains. 

	1	Delete where the original maturity of the Notes is 365 days or less. 

  

	2	Delete where the Notes are all of the same denomination. 

  

	3	Not required on the last Coupon sheet. 

  

 84 

 [Reverse of Receipts, Coupons and Talons] 
  
 AGENT 
  
 The Bank of New York, London Branch 
 One Canada
Square 
 London E14 5AL 
  
 OTHER PAYING AGENT 
  
 The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) SA 
 Aerogolf
Centre 
 1A, Hoehenhof 
 L-1736
Senningerberg 
 Luxembourg 
  
 and/or such other or further principal paying agent or other Paying Agents and/or specified offices as may from time to time be duly appointed by the Issuer and notice of
which has been given to the Noteholders. 
  

 85 

 SCHEDULE 2 
  

PART 7 
  
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE PRESENTED BY EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM, 
 LUXEMBOURG

  
 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC 
  
 [Title of Notes] 
  
 (the Securities) 
  
 This is to certify that, based solely on certifications we have received in writing, by
tested telex or by electronic transmission from member organisations appearing in our records as persons being entitled to a portion of the nominal amount set forth below (our Member Organisations) substantially to the effect set forth in the
temporary Global Note representing the Securities, as of the date hereof, [        ] nominal amount of the above-captioned Securities (a) is owned by persons that are not citizens or residents of the United
States, domestic partnerships, domestic corporations or any estate all of the income of which is subject to United States Federal income taxation regardless of its source or trust if a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision
over the administration of the trust, and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or a valid election is in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations for the trust to be treated as a U.S.
person (United States persons), (b) is owned by United States persons that (i) are foreign branches of United States financial institutions (as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations Sections 1.165-12(c)(1)(v)) (financial institutions)
purchasing for their own account or for resale, or (ii) acquired the Securities through foreign branches of United States financial institutions and who hold the Securities through such United States financial institutions on the date hereof (and in
either case (i) or (ii), each such United States financial institution has agreed, on its own behalf or through its agent, that we may advise the Issuer or the Issuer’s agent that it will comply with the requirements of Section 165(j)(3)(A),
(B) or (C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder), or (c) is owned by United States or foreign financial institutions for purposes of resale during the restricted period (as defined in U.S. Treasury
Regulations Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7)), and to the further effect that United States or foreign financial institutions described in Clause (c) above (whether or not also described in Clause (a) or (b)) have certified that they have not acquired
the Securities for purposes of resale directly or indirectly to a United States person or to a person within the United States or its possessions. 
  
 If the Securities are of the category contemplated in Rule 903(b)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, then this is also to certify with respect to such
principal amount of Securities set forth above that, except as set forth below, we have received in writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmission, from our Member Organisations entitled to a portion of such principal amount, certifications
with respect to such portion, substantially to the effect set forth in the temporary Global Note representing the Securities. 
  
 We further certify (a) that we are not making available herewith for exchange (or, if relevant, exercise of any rights or collection of any interest) any portion of the
temporary Global Note excepted in such certifications and (b) that as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any of our Member Organisations to the effect that the statements made by such Member Organisations with respect to
any portion of the part submitted herewith for exchange (or, if relevant, exercise of any rights or collection of any interest) are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof. 
  

 86 

 We understand that this certification is required in connection with certain tax laws and, if applicable, certain
securities laws of the United States. In connection therewith, if administrative or legal proceedings or official enquiries are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certification is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorise you
to produce this certification to any interested party in such proceedings or enquiries. 
  
 Dated:                 1

  
 Yours faithfully, 
  
 [Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. 
 as operator of the Euroclear 
 System] 
  
 or 
  

			
	[Clearstream Banking, société anonyme]
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 

	1	To be dated no earlier than the date to which this certification relates, namely (a) the payment date or (b) the Exchange Date. 

  

 87 

 CERTIFICATE “A” 
  
 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC 
  
 [Title of Notes] 
  
 (the Securities) 
  
 This is to certify that as of the date hereof, and except as set forth below, the above-captioned Securities held by you for our account (a) are owned by person(s) that
are not citizens or residents of the United States, domestic partnerships, domestic corporations or any estate all of the income of which is subject to United States Federal income taxation regardless of its source or trust if a court within the
U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust, and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or a valid election is in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury
Regulations for the trust to be treated as a U.S. person (United States person(s)), (b) are owned by United States person(s) that (i) are foreign branches of United States financial institutions (as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations
Section 1.165-12(c)(1)(v)) (financial institutions) purchasing for their own account or for resale, or (ii) acquired the Securities through foreign branches of United States financial institutions and who hold the Securities through such
United States financial institutions on the date hereof (and in either case (a) or (b), each such United States financial institution hereby agrees, on its own behalf or through its agent, that you may advise the Issuer or the Issuer’s agent
that it will comply with the requirements of Section 165(j)(3)(A), (B) or (C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder), or (c) are owned by United States or foreign financial institution(s) for purposes of
resale during the restricted period (as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7)), and in addition if the owner of the Securities is a United States or foreign financial institution described in Clause (c) above (whether
or not also described in Clause (a) or (b)) this is to further certify that such financial institution has not acquired the Securities for purposes of resale directly or indirectly to a United States person or to a person within the United States or
its possessions. 
  
 If the Securities are of the category contemplated in Rule
903(b)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the Act) then this is also to certify that, except as set forth below, the Securities are beneficially owned by (a) non-U.S. person(s) or (b) U.S. person(s) who purchased the Securities
in transactions which did not require registration under the Act. As used in this paragraph, the term “U.S. person” has the meaning given to it by Regulation S under the Act. 
  
 As used herein, United States means the United States of America (including the States and the District of Columbia); and its
possessions include Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, Wake Island and the Northern Mariana Islands. 
  
 We undertake to advise you promptly by tested telex on or prior to the date on which you intend to submit your certification relating to the Securities held by you for
our account in accordance with your operating procedures if any applicable statement herein is not correct on such date, and in the absence of any such notification it may be assumed that this certification applies as of such date. 
  
 This certification excepts and does not relate to
[            ] of such interest in the above Securities in respect of which we are not able to certify and as to which we understand exchange and delivery of definitive Securities (or, if
relevant, exercise of any right or collection of any interest) cannot be made until we do so certify. 
  

 88 

 We understand that this certification is required in connection with certain tax laws and, if applicable, certain
securities laws of the United States. In connection therewith, if administrative or legal proceedings or official enquiries are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certification is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorise you
to produce this certification to any interested party in such proceedings or enquiries. 
  

			
	Dated:	 	1
	
	 Name of person making certification

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 	 	

	1	To be dated no earlier than the fifteenth day prior to the date to which this certification relates, namely (a) the payment date or (b) the Exchange Date.

  

 89 

 SCHEDULE 3 
  

PROVISIONS FOR MEETINGS OF NOTEHOLDERS 
  

	1.	1.1 As used in this Schedule the following expressions shall have the following meanings unless the context otherwise requires: 

  

	 	(a)	voting certificate shall mean an English language certificate issued by a Paying Agent and dated in which it is stated: 

  

	 	(i)	that on the date thereof Notes (whether in definitive form or represented by a Global Note and not being Notes in respect of which a block voting instruction has been issued and is
outstanding in respect of the meeting specified in such voting certificate or any adjourned such meeting) were deposited with such Paying Agent or (to the satisfaction of such Paying Agent) were held to its order or under its control or blocked in
an account with a clearing system and that no such Notes will cease to be so deposited or held or blocked until the first to occur of: 

  

	 	(A)	the conclusion of the meeting specified in such certificate or, if later, of any adjourned such meeting; and 

  

	 	(B)	the surrender of the certificate to the Paying Agent who issued the same; and 

  

	 	(ii)	that the bearer thereof is entitled to attend and vote at such meeting and any adjourned such meeting in respect of the Notes represented by such certificate;

  

	 	(b)	block voting instruction shall mean an English language document issued by a Paying Agent and dated in which: 

  

	 	(i)	it is certified that Notes (whether in definitive form or represented by a Global Note and not being Notes in respect of which a voting certificate has been issued and is
outstanding in respect of the meeting specified in such block voting instruction and any adjourned such meeting) have been deposited with such Paying Agent or (to the satisfaction of such Paying Agent) were held to its order or under its control or
blocked in an account with a clearing system and that no such Notes will cease to be so deposited or held or blocked until the first to occur of: 

  

	 	(A)	the conclusion of the meeting specified in such document or, if later, of any adjourned such meeting; and 

  

	 	(B)	 the surrender to the Paying Agent not less than 48 hours before the time for which such meeting or any adjourned such meeting is convened of the receipt issued by
such Paying Agent in respect of each such deposited Note which is to be released or (as the case may require) the Note or Notes ceasing with the agreement of the Paying 

  

 90 

	 	 
Agent to be held to its order or under its control or so blocked and the giving of notice by the Paying Agent to the Issuer in accordance with paragraph 17
hereof of the necessary amendment to the block voting instruction; 

  

	 	(ii)	it is certified that each holder of such Notes has instructed such Paying Agent that the vote(s) attributable to the Note or Notes so deposited or held or blocked should be cast in
a particular way in relation to the resolution or resolutions to be put to such meeting or any adjourned such meeting and that all such instructions are during the period commencing 48 hours prior to the time for which such meeting or any adjourned
such meeting is convened and ending at the conclusion or adjournment thereof neither revocable nor capable of amendment; 

  

	 	(iii)	the aggregate principal amount of the Notes so deposited or held or blocked are listed distinguishing with regard to each such resolution between those in respect of which
instructions have been given as aforesaid that the votes attributable thereto should be cast in favour of the resolution and those in respect of which instructions have been so given that the votes attributable thereto should be cast against the
resolution; and 

  

	 	(iv)	one or more persons named in such document (each hereinafter called a proxy) is or are authorised and instructed by such Paying Agent to cast the votes attributable to the
Notes so listed in accordance with the instructions referred to in (iii) above as set out in such document; 

  

	 	(c)	24 hours shall mean a period of 24 hours including all or part of a day upon which banks are open for business in both the place where the relevant meeting is to be held and
in each of the places where the Paying Agents have their specified offices (disregarding for this purpose the day upon which such meeting is to be held) and such period shall be extended by one period or, to the extent necessary, more periods of 24
hours until there is included as aforesaid all or part of a day upon which banks are open for business in all of the places as aforesaid; and 

  

	 	(d)	48 hours shall mean a period of 48 hours including all or part of two days upon which banks are open for business both in the place where the relevant meeting is to be held
and in each of the places where the Paying Agents have their specified offices (disregarding for this purpose the day upon which such meeting is to be held) and such period shall be extended by one period or, to the extent necessary, more periods of
24 hours until there is included as aforesaid all or part of two days upon which banks are open for business in all of the places as aforesaid. 

  

	 	1.2	 A holder of a Note (whether in definitive form or represented by a Global Note) may obtain a voting certificate in respect of such Note from a Paying Agent or
require a Paying Agent to issue a block voting instruction in respect of such Note by depositing such Note with such Paying Agent or (to the satisfaction of such Paying Agent) by such Note being held to its order or under its control or being
blocked in an account with a clearing system, in each case not less than 48 hours before the time fixed for the relevant meeting and on the terms set out in sub-paragraph 1.1(a)(i) or 1.1(b)(i) above (as the case may be), and (in the case of a block
voting instruction) instructing such Paying Agent to the effect set out in sub-paragraph 1.1(b)(ii) above. The holder of any voting certificate or the proxies named in any block voting 

  

 91 

	 	 
instruction shall for all purposes in connection with the relevant meeting or adjourned meeting of Noteholders be deemed to be the holder of the Notes to
which such voting certificate or block voting instruction relates and the Paying Agent with which such Notes have been deposited or the person holding the same to the order or under the control of such Paying Agent or the clearing system in which
such Notes have been blocked shall be deemed for such purposes not to be the holder of those Notes. 

  

	2.	The Issuer, the Guarantor or the Trustee may at any time and the Issuer shall upon a requisition in writing in the English language signed by the holders of not less than one-tenth
in nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding convene a meeting of the Noteholders and if the Issuer makes default for a period of seven days in convening such a meeting the same may be convened by the Trustee or the requisitionists.
Every such meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Trustee may appoint or approve. 

  

	3.	At least 21 days’ notice (exclusive of the day on which the notice is given and the day on which the meeting is to be held) specifying the place, day and hour of meeting shall
be given to the holders of the relevant Notes prior to any meeting of such holders in the manner provided by Condition 15. Such notice, which shall be in the English language, shall state generally the nature of the business to be transacted at the
meeting thereby convened but (except for an Extraordinary Resolution) it shall not be necessary to specify in such notice the terms of any resolution to be proposed. Such notice shall include statements, if applicable, to the effect that Notes may,
not less than 48 hours before the time fixed for the meeting, be deposited with Paying Agents or (to their satisfaction) held to their order or under their control or blocked in an account with a clearing system for the purpose of obtaining voting
certificates or appointing proxies. A copy of the notice shall be sent by post to the Trustee (unless the meeting is convened by the Trustee), to the Issuer (unless the meeting is convened by the Issuer) and to the Guarantor (unless the meeting is
convened by the Guarantor). 

  

	4.	A person (who may but need not be a Noteholder) nominated in writing by the Trustee shall be entitled to take the chair at the relevant meeting or adjourned meeting but if no such
nomination is made or if at any meeting or adjourned meeting the person nominated shall not be present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting the Noteholders present shall choose one of their number
to be Chairman, failing which the Issuer may appoint a Chairman. The Chairman of an adjourned meeting need not be the same person as was Chairman of the meeting from which the adjournment took place. 

  

	5.	At any such meeting one or more persons present holding Definitive Notes or voting certificates or being proxies or representatives and holding or representing in the aggregate not
less than one-tenth of the nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding shall (except for the purpose of passing an Extraordinary Resolution) form a quorum for the transaction of business and no business (other than the choosing of a
Chairman) shall be transacted at any meeting unless the requisite quorum be present at the commencement of the relevant business. The quorum at any such meeting for passing an Extraordinary Resolution shall (subject as provided below) be one or more
persons present holding Definitive Notes or voting certificates or being proxies or representatives and holding or representing in the aggregate a clear majority in nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding PROVIDED THAT at any
meeting the business of which includes any of the following matters (each of which shall, subject only to Clause 19.2, only be capable of being effected after having been approved by Extraordinary Resolution) namely: 

  

	 	(a)	reduction or cancellation of the amount payable or, where applicable, modification, except where such modification is in the opinion of the Trustee bound to result in an increase,
of the method of calculating the amount payable or modification of the date of payment or, where applicable, of the method of calculating the date of payment in respect of any principal or interest in respect of the Notes; 

 

 92 

	 	(b)	alteration of the currency in which payments under the Notes, Receipts and Coupons are to be made; 

  

	 	(c)	alteration of the majority required to pass an Extraordinary Resolution; 

  

	 	(d)	the sanctioning of any such scheme or proposal as is described in paragraph 18.9 below; and 

  

	 	(e)	alteration of this proviso or the proviso to paragraph 6 below; 

  
 the quorum shall be one or more persons present holding Definitive Notes or voting certificates or being proxies or representatives and holding or
representing in the aggregate not less than two-thirds of the nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding. 
  

	6.	If within 15 minutes (or such longer period not exceeding 30 minutes as the Chairman may decide) after the time appointed for any such meeting a quorum is not present for the
transaction of any particular business, then, subject and without prejudice to the transaction of the business (if any) for which a quorum is present, the meeting shall if convened upon the requisition of Noteholders be dissolved. In any other case
it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week (or if such day is a public holiday the next succeeding business day) at the same time and place (except in the case of a meeting at which an Extraordinary Resolution is to be proposed in
which case it shall stand adjourned for such period, being not less than 13 clear days nor more than 42 clear days, and to such place as may be appointed by the Chairman either at or subsequent to such meeting and approved by the Trustee). If within
15 minutes (or such longer period not exceeding 30 minutes as the Chairman may decide) after the time appointed for any adjourned meeting a quorum is not present for the transaction of any particular business, then, subject and without prejudice to
the transaction of the business (if any) for which a quorum is present, the Chairman may either (with the approval of the Trustee) dissolve such meeting or adjourn the same for such period, being not less than 13 clear days (but without any maximum
number of clear days), and to such place as may be appointed by the Chairman either at or subsequent to such adjourned meeting and approved by the Trustee, and the provisions of this sentence shall apply to all further adjourned such meetings. At
any adjourned meeting one or more persons present holding Definitive Notes or voting certificates or being proxies or representatives (whatever the nominal amount of the Notes so held or represented by them) shall (subject as provided below) form a
quorum and shall have power to pass any Extraordinary Resolution or other resolution and to decide upon all matters which could properly have been dealt with at the meeting from which the adjournment took place had the requisite quorum been present
PROVIDED THAT at any adjourned meeting the quorum for the transaction of business comprising any of the matters specified in the proviso to paragraph 5 above shall be one or more persons present holding Definitive Notes or voting certificates or
being proxies or representatives and holding or representing in the aggregate not less than one-third of the nominal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding. 

  

 93 

	7.	Notice of any adjourned meeting at which an Extraordinary Resolution is to be submitted shall be given in the same manner as notice of an original meeting but as if 10 were
substituted for 21 in paragraph 3 above and such notice shall state the relevant quorum. Subject as aforesaid it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjourned meeting. 

  

	8.	Every question submitted to a meeting shall be decided in the first instance by a show of hands and in case of equality of votes the Chairman shall both on a show of hands and on a
poll have a casting vote in addition to the vote or votes (if any) to which he may be entitled as a Noteholder or as a holder of a voting certificate or as a proxy or as a representative. 

  

	9.	At any meeting unless a poll is (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded by the Chairman, the Issuer, the Trustee or any person present holding a
Definitive Note or a voting certificate or being a proxy or representative (whatever the nominal amount of the Notes so held or represented by him) a declaration by the Chairman that a resolution has been carried or carried by a particular majority
or lost or not carried by a particular majority shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against such resolution. 

  

	10.	Subject to paragraph 12 below, if at any such meeting a poll is so demanded it shall be taken in such manner and subject as hereinafter provided either at once or after an
adjournment as the Chairman directs and the result of such poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded as at the date of the taking of the poll. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of
the meeting for the transaction of any business other than the motion on which the poll has been demanded. 

  

	11.	The Chairman may with the consent of (and shall if directed by) any such meeting adjourn the same from time to time and from place to place but no business shall be transacted at
any adjourned meeting except business which might lawfully (but for lack of required quorum) have been transacted at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. 

  

	12.	Any poll demanded at any such meeting on the election of a Chairman or on any question of adjournment shall be taken at the meeting without adjournment. 

  

	13.	The Trustee and its lawyers and any director, officer or employee of a corporation being a trustee of these presents and any director or officer of the Issuer and its or their
lawyers and any other person authorised so to do by the Trustee may attend and speak at any meeting. Save as aforesaid, but without prejudice to the proviso to the definition of “outstanding” in Clause 1, no person shall be entitled to
attend and speak nor shall any person be entitled to vote at any meeting of Noteholders or join with others in requesting the convening of such a meeting or to exercise the rights conferred on Noteholders by Condition 11 unless he either produces
the Definitive Note or Definitive Notes of which he is the holder or a voting certificate or is a proxy. No person shall be entitled to vote at any meeting in respect of Notes held by, for the benefit of, or on behalf of, the Issuer, the Guarantor,
any Subsidiary of the Issuer or the Guarantor, any holding company of the Issuer or the Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of such holding company. Nothing herein shall prevent any of the proxies named in any block voting instructionfrom being a
director, officer or representative of or otherwise connected with the Issuer or the Guarantor. 

  

 94 

	14.	Subject as provided in paragraph 13 hereof at any meeting: 

  

	 	14.1	on a show of hands every person who is present in person and produces a Definitive Note or voting certificate or is a proxyshall have one vote; and 

  

	 	14.2	on a poll every person who is so present shall have one vote in respect of each £1 or such other amount as the Trustee may in its absolute discretion stipulate (or, in the
case of meetings of holders of Notes denominated in another currency, such amount in such other currency as the Trustee in its absolute discretion may stipulate) in nominal amount of the Definitive Notes so produced or represented by the voting
certificate so produced or in respect of which he is a proxy or representative. 

  
 Without prejudice to the obligations of the proxies named in any block voting instruction any person entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all the votes to which he is entitled in the same
way. 
  

	15.	The proxies named in any block voting instruction and representatives need not be Noteholders. 

  

	16.	Each block voting instruction together (if so requested by the Trustee) with proof satisfactory to the Trustee of its due execution on behalf of the relevant Paying Agent shall be
deposited by the relevant Paying Agent at such place as the Trustee shall approve not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the proxies named in the block voting instruction propose to
vote and in default the block voting instructionshall not be treated as valid unless the Chairman of the meeting decides otherwise before such meeting or adjourned meeting proceeds to business. A notarially certified copy of each block voting
instructionshall (if the Trustee so requires) be deposited with the Trustee before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting but the Trustee shall not thereby be obliged to investigate or be concerned with the validity of or the authority
of the proxies named in any such block voting instruction. 

  

	17.	Any vote given in accordance with the terms of a block voting instruction shall be valid notwithstanding the previous revocation or amendment of the block voting instruction or of
any of the relevant Noteholders’ instructions pursuant to which it was executed provided that no intimation in writing of such revocation or amendment shall have been received from the relevant Paying Agent or in the case of a Registered Note
from the holder thereof by the Issuer at its registered office (or such other place as may have been required or approved by the Trustee for the purpose) by the time being 24 hours and 48 hours respectively before the time appointed for holding the
meeting or adjourned meeting at which the block voting instruction is to be used. 

  

	18.	A meeting of the Noteholders shall in addition to the powers hereinbefore given have the following powers exercisable only by Extraordinary Resolution (subject to the provisions
relating to quorum contained in paragraphs 5 and 6 above) namely: 

  

	 	18.1	Power to sanction any compromise or arrangement proposed to be made between the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee, any Appointee and the Noteholders, Receiptholders and
Couponholders or any of them. 

  

	 	18.2	Power to sanction any abrogation, modification, compromise or arrangement in respect of the rights of the Trustee, any Appointee, the Noteholders, the Receiptholders, Couponholders
or the Issuer or the Guarantor or against any other or others of them or against any of their property whether such rights shall arise under these presents or otherwise. 

  

 95 

	 	18.3	Power to assent to any modification of the provisions of these presents which shall be proposed by the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee or any Noteholder.

  

	 	18.4	Power to give any authority or sanction which under the provisions of these presents is required to be given by Extraordinary Resolution. 

  

	 	18.5	Power to appoint any persons (whether Noteholders or not) as a committee or committees to represent the interests of the Noteholders and to confer upon such committee or committees
any powers or discretions which the Noteholders could themselves exercise by Extraordinary Resolution. 

  

	 	18.6	Power to approve of a person to be appointed a trustee and power to remove any trustee or trustees for the time being of these presents. 

  

	 	18.7	Power to discharge or exonerate the Trustee and/or any Appointee from all liability in respect of any act or omission for which the Trustee and/or such Appointee may have become
responsible under these presents. 

  

	 	18.8	Power to authorise the Trustee and/or any Appointee to concur in and execute and do all such deeds, instruments, acts and things as may be necessary to carry out and give effect to
any Extraordinary Resolution. 

  

	 	18.9	Power to sanction any scheme or proposal for the exchange or sale of the Notes for or the conversion of the Notes into or the cancellation of the Notes in consideration of shares,
stock, notes, bonds, debentures, debenture stock and/or other obligations and/or securities of the Issuer or any other company formed or to be formed, or for or into or in consideration of cash, or partly for or into or in consideration of such
shares, stock, notes, bonds, debentures, debenture stock and/or other obligations and/or securities as aforesaid and partly for or into or in consideration of cash. 

  

	19.	Any resolution passed at a meeting of the Noteholders duly convened and held in accordance with these presents shall be binding upon all the Noteholders whether present or not
present at such meeting and whether or not voting and upon all Receiptholders and Couponholders and each of them shall be bound to give effect thereto accordingly and the passing of any such resolution shall be conclusive evidence that the
circumstances justify the passing thereof. Notice of the result of the voting on any resolution duly considered by the Noteholders shall be published in accordance with Condition 15 by the Issuer within 14 days of such result being known PROVIDED
THAT the non-publication of such notice shall not invalidate such result. 

  

	20.	The expression Extraordinary Resolution when used in these presents means (a) a resolution passed at a meeting of the Noteholders duly convened and held in accordance with
these presents by a majority consisting of not less than three-fourths of the persons voting thereat upon a show of hands or if a poll is duly demanded by a majority consisting of not less than three-fourths of the votes cast on such poll; or (b) a
resolution in writing signed by or on behalf of all the Noteholders, which resolution in writing may be contained in one document or in several documents in like form each signed by or on behalf of one or more of the Noteholders.

  

	21.	 Minutes of all resolutions and proceedings at every meeting of the Noteholders shall be made and entered in books to be from time to time provided for that purpose
by the Issuer and any 

  

 96 

	 	 
such minutes as aforesaid if purporting to be signed by the Chairman of the meeting at which such resolutions were passed or proceedings transacted shall be
conclusive evidence of the matters therein contained and until the contrary is proved every such meeting in respect of the proceedings of which minutes have been made shall be deemed to have been duly held and convened and all resolutions passed or
proceedings transacted thereat to have been duly passed or transacted. 

  

	22.	If and whenever the Issuer shall have issued and have outstanding Notes of more than one Series the foregoing provisions of this Schedule shall have effect subject to the following
modifications: 

  

					
	 22.1
	  	(a)	  	a resolution which in the opinion of the Trustee affects the Notes of only one Series shall be deemed to have been duly passed if passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the Notes of that
Series;
			
	 	  	(b)	  	a resolution which in the opinion of the Trustee affects the Notes of more than one Series but does not give rise to a conflict of interest between the holders of Notes of any of the Series so
affected shall be deemed to have been duly passed if passed at a single meeting of the holders of the Notes of all the Series so affected;
			
	 	  	(c)	  	a resolution which in the opinion of the Trustee affects the Notes of more than one Series and gives or may give rise to a conflict of interest between the holders of the Notes of one Series or
group of Series so affected and the holders of the Notes of another Series or group of Series so affected shall be deemed to have been duly passed only if passed at separate meetings of the holders of the Notes of each Series or group of Series so
affected; and
			
	 	  	(d)	  	to all such meetings all the preceding provisions of this Schedule shall mutatis mutandis apply as though references therein to Notes and Noteholders were references to the Notes of the
Series or group of Series in question or to the holders of such Notes, as the case may be.

  

	 	22.2	If the Issuer shall have issued and have outstanding Notes which are not denominated in pounds sterling in the case of any meeting of holders of Notes of more than one currency the
nominal amount of such Notes shall (a) for the purposes of paragraph 2 above be the equivalent in pounds sterling at the spot rate of a bank nominated by the Trustee for the conversion of the relevant currency or currencies into pounds sterling on
the seventh dealing day prior to the day on which the requisition in writing is received by the Issuer and (b) for the purposes of paragraphs 5, 6 and 14 above (whether in respect of the meeting or any adjourned such meeting or any poll resulting
therefrom) be the equivalent at such spot rate on the seventh dealing day prior to the day of such meeting. In such circumstances, on any poll each person present shall have one vote for each £1 (or such other pounds sterling amount as the
Trustee may in its absolute discretion stipulate) in nominal amount of the Notes (converted as above) which he holds or represents. 

  

	23.	Subject to all other provisions of these presents the Trustee may without the consent of the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Noteholders, the Receiptholders or the Couponholders
prescribe such further regulations regarding the requisitioning and/or the holding of meetings of Noteholders and attendance and voting thereat as the Trustee may in its sole discretion think fit. 

  

 97 

					
	 EXECUTED as a deed by
 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC acting by
	 	 )
 )
	 	TOMKINS FINANCE PLC
	  	 	 )
	 	  
	 and
	 	 )
	 	  
	 	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	 	 Director

			
	 	 	 	 	  
	 	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	 	 Director/Secretary

			
	 EXECUTED as a deed by
 TOMKINS PLC acting by
	 	 )
 )
	 	TOMKINS PLC
	                         and
	 	 )
	 	  
	 	 	 )
	 	  
	 	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	 	 Director

			
	 	 	 	 	  
	 	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	 	 Director/Secretary

			
	 THE COMMON SEAL of 
 THE LAW DEBENTURE TRUST
	 	 )
 )
	 	 
	CORPORATION p.l.c.	 	 )
	 	  
	 was affixed to this deed in
	 	 )
	 	  
	 the presence of:
	 	 	 	 
			
	 Director
	 	 	 	  
			
	 Authorised Signatory
	 	 	 	  

  

 98 

					
	 EXECUTED as a deed by
 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC acting by
	 	 )
 )
	 	TOMKINS FINANCE PLC
	  	 	 )
	 	  
	 and
	 	 )
	 	  
	 	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	 	 Director

			
	 	 	 	 	  
	 	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	 	 Director/Secretary

			
	 EXECUTED as a deed by
 TOMKINS PLC acting by
	 	 )
 )
	 	TOMKINS PLC
	                         and
	 	 )
	 	  
	 	 	 )
	 	  
	 	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	 	 Director

			
	 	 	 	 	  
	 	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	 	 Director/Secretary

			
	 THE COMMON SEAL of 
 THE LAW DEBENTURE TRUST
	 	 )
 )
	 	 
	CORPORATION p.l.c.	 	 )
	 	  
	 was affixed to this deed
	 	 )
	 	  
	 in the presence of:
	 	 	 	 
			
	 Director
	 	 	 	  
			
	 Authorised Signatory
	 	 	 	  

  

 3 

 DATED 26TH OCTOBER, 2001 
  
 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC 
  
 and 
  
 TOMKINS PLC 
  
 and 
  
 THE LAW DEBENTURE TRUST 

CORPORATION p.l.c. 
  
 FOR TOMKINS FINANCE PLC AND TOMKINS 
 PLC

 AS TO ENGLISH LAW: 
  
 SLAUGHTER AND MAY 
 ONE BUNHILL ROW

 LONDON 
 EC1Y 8YY 
  
 FOR THE LAW DEBENTURE TRUST 
 CORPORATION P.L.C. 
 AS TO ENGLISH AND
UNITED STATES LAW: 
  
 ALLEN & OVERY 
 ONE NEW CHANGE 
 LONDON 
 EC4M 9QQ 
  
 TRUST DEED 
  

	
	
	 (as modified and restated on 28th August, 2003)
 relating to a £750,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note
 Programme

  
 ALLEN &
OVERY 
 London 
  

 DATED 28TH AUGUST, 2003 
  
 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC 
  
 and 
  
 TOMKINS PLC 
  
 and 
  
 THE LAW DEBENTURE TRUST 

CORPORATION p.l.c. 
  
 FOR TOMKINS FINANCE PLC AND TOMKINS 
 PLC 
 AS TO ENGLISH LAW: 
  
 SLAUGHTER AND MAY 
 ONE BUNHILL ROW

 LONDON 
 EC1Y 8YY 
  
 FOR THE LAW DEBENTURE TRUST 
 CORPORATION P.L.C. 
 AS TO ENGLISH AND
UNITED STATES LAW: 
  
 ALLEN & OVERY 
 ONE NEW CHANGE 
 LONDON 
 EC4M 9QQ 
  
 THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL TRUST DEED 
  

	
	
	 modifying and restating the provisions of the Trust
 Deed dated 26th October, 2001 (as previously
 modified and restated) relating to the
£750,000,000
 Euro Medium Term Note Programme

  
 ALLEN &
OVERY 
 LondonFacility Agreement Dated February 9, 2004

 Exhibit 4.7 – Facility Agreement relating to the £400,000,000 multicurrency revolving credit agreement
dated February 9, 2004 
  
 THIS AGREEMENT is dated 9 February, 2004
between:- 
  

	(1)	TOMKINS FINANCE PLC (Registered No. 04805031) as a borrower and a guarantor (the “Original Borrower”); 

  

	(2)	TOMKINS PLC (Registered No. 203531) (the “Company”); 

  

	(3)	THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 as banks (the “Banks”); and 

  

	(4)	THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC as agent (in this capacity the “Agent”). 

  
 IT IS AGREED as follows:- 
  

	1.	INTERPRETATION 

  

	1.1	Definitions 

  
 In this Agreement:- 
  
 “Additional Borrower” means a member of the Group which becomes a Borrower in accordance with Clause 26 (Changes to the Parties).

  
 “Affiliate” means a Subsidiary or a holding
company (as defined in Section 736 of the Companies Act 1985) of a person or any other Subsidiary of that holding company. 
  
 “Agent’s Fee Letter” means the letter dated the date of this Agreement between the Agent and the Original Borrower setting out the
amount of the fee referred to in Clause 20.2 (Agent’s fee). 
  
 “Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange” means the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of the relevant Optional Currency in the London foreign exchange market with Sterling at or about 11.00 a.m. on a particular
day. 
  
 “Balance Sheet” means, at any time, the
latest published audited consolidated balance sheet of the Group. 
  
 “Borrower” means the Company, the Original Borrower or an Additional Borrower. 
  
 “Borrower Accession Agreement” means a letter in the form of Part II of Schedule 5 with such amendments as the Agent may approve or
reasonably require. 
  
 “Business Day” means a
day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday): 
  

	 	(a)	on which banks are open for general business in: 

  

	 	(i)	London; and 

  

	 	(ii)	in relation to a transaction involving an Optional Currency (other than euros), the principal financial centre of the country of that Optional Currency; and

  

	 	(b)	in relation to a transaction involving euros, a day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer System (“TARGET”) is
operating. 

  
 “Code” means the
United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 
  
 “Commitment” means: 
  

	 	(a)	in relation to a Bank which is a Bank on the date of this Agreement, the amount in Sterling set opposite its name in Schedule 1 and the amount of any other Bank’s Commitment
acquired by it under Clause 26 (Changes to the Parties); and 

  

	 	(b)	in relation to a Bank which becomes a Bank after the date of this Agreement, the amount of any other Bank’s Commitment acquired by it under Clause 26 (Changes to the Parties),

  
 to the extent not cancelled, transferred or
reduced under this Agreement. 
  
 “Commitment
Period” means the period from the Effective Date up to and including the Final Repayment Date. 
  
 “Dangerous Substance” means any radioactive emissions and any natural or artificial substance (whether in solid or liquid form or in the
form of a gas or vapor and whether alone or in combination with any other substance) capable of causing harm to man or any other living organism or damaging the environment or public health or welfare including but not limited to any controlled,
special, hazardous, toxic, radioactive or dangerous waste. 
  
 “Default” means an Event of Default or an event which, with the giving of notice, lapse of time, determination of materiality or fulfilment of any other applicable condition (or any combination of the foregoing), would
constitute an Event of Default. 
  
 “Drawdown Date”
means the date of the advance of a Loan. 
  
 “Effective Date” means the date of the cancellation in full of the Existing Facility. 
  
 “Environmental Approvals” means all licences, authorisations, consents or permits of any kind required pursuant to any Environmental Laws
to which any member of the Group is subject. 
  
 “Environmental Claim” means any claim by any person as a result of or in connection with any violation of Environmental Law or any Environmental Contamination which could give rise to any remedy or penalty (whether interim
or final) or liability for any Obligor or any Finance Party. 
  

 2 

 “Environmental Contamination” means each of the following and their consequences:

  

	 	(a)	any release, emission, leakage or spillage of any Dangerous Substance into any part of the environment; or 

  

	 	(b)	any accident, fire, explosion or sudden event which is directly or indirectly caused by or attributable to any Dangerous Substance; or 

  

	 	(c)	any other pollution of the environment. 

  
 “Environmental Law” means any national or supranational law, regulation or directive concerning the protection of human health or the
environment or concerning Dangerous Substances. 
  
 “Environmental License” means any authorisation by any Environmental Law. 
  
 “ERISA” means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. 
  
 “ERISA Affiliate” means each trade or business, whether or
not incorporated, that would be treated as a single employer with any Obligor under section 414 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. When any provision of this Agreement relates to a past event, the term “ERISA
Affiliate” includes any person that was an ERISA Affiliate of an Obligor at the time of that past event. 
  
 “EURIBOR” means: 
  

	 	(a)	the applicable Screen Rate; or 

  

	 	(b)	if no Screen Rate is available for the relevant period, the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded to five decimal places with 0.000005 being rounded upwards) as supplied to the
Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the European interbank market, 

  
 at or about 11.00 a.m. Brussels time on the applicable Rate Fixing Day for the offering of deposits in euros for a period comparable to the relevant Term.

  
 “euro” means the single currency of the
Participating Member States. 
  
 “Event of Default”
means an event specified as such in Clause 18.1 (Events of Default). 
  
 “Existing Facility” means the existing syndicated facility listed at Schedule 7. 
  
 “Facility ” means the multicurrency revolving credit facility referred to in Clause 2.1(A) (Facility). 
  
 “Facility Office” means the office(s) notified by a Bank to
the Agent:- 
  

	 	(a)	on or before the date it becomes a Bank; or 

  

	 	(b)	by not less than five Business Days’ notice, 

  
 as the office(s) through which it will perform all or any of its obligations under this Agreement. 
  

 3 

 “Final Repayment Date” means the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement,
provided that if such day is not a Business Day, notwithstanding Clause 10.6 (Non-Business Days), it shall be the preceding Business Day. 
  
 “Finance Document” means this Agreement, the Agent’s Fee Letter, a Novation Certificate, a Borrower Accession Agreement, a
Resignation Letter or any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Company. 
  
 “Finance Party” means a Bank or the Agent. 
  
 “Financial Indebtedness” means any indebtedness in respect of:- 
  

	 	(a)	moneys borrowed; 

  

	 	(b)	any debenture, bond, note, loan stock or other security; 

  

	 	(c)	any acceptance credit (including any dematerialised equivalent); 

  

	 	(d)	receivables sold or discounted (otherwise than on a non-recourse basis); 

  

	 	(e)	the acquisition cost of any asset to the extent payable before or after the time of acquisition or possession by the party liable where the advance or deferred payment is arranged
primarily as a method of raising finance or financing the acquisition of that asset but excluding normal trade credit; 

  

	 	(f)	any lease which is accounted for as a finance lease in accordance with the accounting principles and standards applied in the Original Group Accounts; 

  

	 	(g)	any currency swap or interest swap, cap or collar arrangement or any other derivative instrument, taking into account at any time only the net indebtedness of any member of the
Group under the relevant instrument at that time; or 

  

	 	(h)	any guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss of any person, 

  
 but excluding any back to back borrowing arrangements where there is a legal right of set-off. 
  
 “Foreign Borrower” means a Borrower incorporated outside
England and Wales. 
  
 “Group” means the Company
and its Subsidiaries. 
  
 “Guarantor” means the
Company and the Original Borrower. 
  
 “Investment
Grade” means a rating by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, Inc. of BBB- and above, or by Moody’s Investor Services of Baa3 and above, or by Duff & Phelps of BBB- and above or by Fitch IBCA of BBB and above. 
  
 “LIBOR” means: 
  

	 	(a)	the applicable Screen Rate; or 

  

 4 

	 	(b)	if no Screen Rate is available for the relevant currency and period, the arithmetic mean (rounded to five decimal places with 0.000005 being rounded upwards) of the rates, as
supplied to the Agent at its request, quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the London interbank market; and 

  
 at or about 11.00 a.m. on the applicable Rate Fixing Day for the offering of deposits in the currency of the relevant Loan for a period comparable to its
Term. 
  
 “Loan” means a loan made or to be made
under the Facility, or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan. 
  
 “Majority Banks” means, at any time, Banks: 
  

	 	(a)	whose participations in the Loans then outstanding aggregate more than 66 2/3 per cent. of all the Loans then outstanding; or 

  

	 	(b)	if there are no Loans then outstanding, whose Commitments then aggregate more than 66 2/3 per cent. of the Total Commitments; or 

  

	 	(c)	if there are no Loans then outstanding and the Total Commitments have been reduced to nil, whose Commitments aggregated more than 66 2/3 per cent. of the Total Commitments immediately before the reduction. 

  
 “Mandatory Cost” means the cost imputed to the Banks of compliance with the regulations of the Bank of
England, the Financial Services Authority or other reserve or mandatory liquid asset costs or special deposit costs during each Term under this Agreement including any reserve asset requirements of the Central European Bank expressed as a rate per
annum determined in accordance with Schedule 3. 
  
 “Margin” means 0.475 per cent. per annum. 
  
 “Multiemployer Plan” means a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of section 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA. 
  
 “Novation Certificate” has the meaning given to it in Clause 26.3 (Procedure for novations). 
  
 “Obligor” means a Borrower or a Guarantor. 
  
 “Optional Currency” means U.S. Dollars, euros or any other
currency (other than Sterling) which is for the time being freely transferable and convertible into Sterling and deposits of which are readily available in the London interbank market. 
  
 “Original Group Accounts” means the audited consolidated accounts of the Group for the year ended 31st
December, 2002. 
  
 “Original Sterling Amount”
means:- 
  

	 	(a)	the principal amount of a Loan denominated in Sterling; or 

  

 5 

	 	(b)	the principal amount of a Loan denominated in an Optional Currency translated into Sterling on the basis of the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date of receipt by the
Agent of the Request for that Loan. 

  
 “Participating Member State” means a member state of the European Union that adopts or has adopted the euro in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to European Monetary Union. 
  
 “Party” means a party to this Agreement. 
  
 “Permitted Security Interest” means any of the following:

  

	 	(a)	any lien or right of set-off arising by operation of law in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations not more than 30 days overdue; 

  

	 	(b)	any Security Interest which constitutes a right of any bank or financial institution to apply any credit balance maintained by any member of the Group with that bank or financial
institution against any other amount payable or to become payable to such bank or financial institution (or any of its Subsidiaries or its holding company or any other Subsidiary of that holding company) by that or any other member of the Group
pursuant to a cash management or cash pooling scheme entered into by members of the Group with that bank in connection with the relevant Group members’ ordinary banking arrangements; 

  

	 	(c)	any conditional sale or title retention arising under or pursuant to any contract for the purchase of goods entered into in the normal course of trading and in circumstances where
the relevant beneficiary does not attempt any registration of the relevant interest under section 395 of the Companies Act 1985; 

  

	 	(d)	any Security Interest created with the prior written consent of the Majority Banks; 

  

	 	(e)	any Security Interest affecting assets of the Group as at the date of this Agreement and disclosed to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement, except to the extent that the
principal amount of indebtedness secured by such Security Interest is increased thereafter; 

  

	 	(f)	any Security Interest over or affecting any property where such property is acquired by a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement, being a Security Interest subject to
which such property is acquired, provided that (i) such Security Interest was not created in contemplation of such acquisition and (ii) the principal amount thereof secured has not been increased in contemplation of, or since the date of, such
acquisition; 

  

	 	(g)	 any Security Interest over or affecting any property of any company or other legal entity which becomes a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement where
such security is created prior to the date on which such company or other legal entity becomes a member of the Group provided that (i) such Security Interest was not created in contemplation of such company or other legal entity becoming a member of
the Group and (ii) the principal amount thereby secured has not been increased in 

  

 6 

	 	 
contemplation of, or since the date of, such company or other legal entity becoming a member of the Group; 

  

	 	(h)	any Security Interest over any assets (or documents of title thereto) acquired by a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement (other than from another member of the
Group) and created or subsisting as security for, or for indebtedness incurred to finance, all or part of the price of the acquisition, development, redevelopment, modification or improvement of such property or assets and which Security Interest
does not secure any other liability; 

  

	 	(i)	any Security Interest created or remaining outstanding to secure the refinancing of any indebtedness which was permitted to be secured in accordance with the provisions of
paragraphs (b) to (h) of this definition where the principal amount thereby secured has not been increased above the then outstanding amount of indebtedness refinanced; 

  

	 	(j)	any Security Interest over (i) goods or documents of title to goods or the proceeds of sale of goods in favour of any bank or other financial institution arising under or pursuant
to any arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business in connection with the financing of the purchase or sale of such goods by means of documentary credits, or (ii) any sum payable under any contract (or over any security representing
such sum or otherwise issued pursuant to such sum or otherwise issued pursuant to such contract) in respect of which substantially all of the price receivable by a member of the Group is guaranteed or insured by, or is part of a scheme operated by,
the Export Credits Guarantee Department of the Department of Trade and Industry or any other governmental department in any country fulfilling a similar function to secure the financing of such contract; 

  

	 	(k)	any Security Interest granted by one member of the Group (other than a Borrower) to another member of the Group; and 

  

	 	(l)	any Security Interest not falling within paragraphs (a) to (k) above securing indebtedness not exceeding 5 per cent. of Tangible Consolidated Net Worth. 

  
 “Plan” means an “employee benefit plan” within
the meaning of section 3(3) of ERISA maintained by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate currently or at any time within the last five years, or to which any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate is required to make payments or contributions or has made
payments or contributions within the past five years. 
  
 “Qualifying Bank” means: 
  

	 	(a)	a bank as defined in section 840A of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 and which is within the charge to U.K. corporation tax as regards any interest received by it under
this Agreement; or 

  

	 	(b)	 in respect of a Borrower, a financial institution lending through itself or any other branch, affiliate or agency if, at the time such financial institution becomes
a Party, the financial institution or affiliate (as the case may be) is a resident in a country with which the United Kingdom has an appropriate double Taxation treaty pursuant to 

  

 7 

	 	 
which a Borrower, upon receiving an appropriate direction from the UK Inland Revenue, will be permitted to pay interest in respect of advances made by that
financial institution under this Agreement without any withholding of United Kingdom income tax. 

  
 “Rate Fixing Day” means:- 
  

	 	(a)	the Drawdown Date for a Loan denominated in Sterling; or 

  

	 	(b)	the second Business Day before the Drawdown Date for a Loan denominated in an Optional Currency (other than euros);or 

  

	 	(c)	the second TARGET Business Day before the Drawdown Date for a Loan denominated in euros, 

  
 or, in each case, such other day on which it is market practice in the London interbank market for leading banks to give
quotations for deposits in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of the relevant Term. 
  
 “Reference Banks” means, subject to Clause 26.5 (Reference Banks), the Agent, BNP Paribas and HSBC Bank plc. 
  
 “Regulation D Costs” means the cost of complying with
Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the US (or any successor). 
  
 “Relevant Period” means each period of twelve months ending on either the last day of the Company’s financial year or the last day
of the Company’s financial half-year. 
  
 “Relevant
Subsidiary” means, at any time, any Subsidiary of the Company: 
  

	 	(a)	whose total assets (consolidated in the case of a Subsidiary which itself has a Subsidiary) represent not less than 15 per cent. of the total assets of the Group (as shown in the
then latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Group); and/or 

  

	 	(b)	whose turnover (consolidated in the case of a Subsidiary which itself has a Subsidiary) represents not less than 5 per cent. of the consolidated turnover of the Group (as shown in
the then latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Group); and/or 

  

	 	(c)	to which has been transferred (whether by one transaction or a series of transactions, whether related or not) the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of a Subsidiary
which, immediately prior to such transactions or any of such transactions, was a Relevant Subsidiary by virtue of paragraph (a) or (b) above, 

  
 in the case of a Subsidiary, as calculated from the then latest annual financial statements (consolidated or, as the case may be, unconsolidated), audited
if prepared, of that Subsidiary. 
  
 “Repayment
Date” means the last day of a Term. 
  

 8 

 “Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in section 4043 of ERISA or the
related regulations (other than an event in relation to which the requirement to give notice of that event is waived by any regulation). 
  
 “Request” means a request for a Loan substantially in the form of Schedule 4. 
  
 “Reservations” means: 
  

	 	(a)	the principle that equitable remedies are remedies which may be granted or refused at the discretion of the court, 

  

	 	(b)	the time barring of claims under the Limitation Act 1980, 

  

	 	(c)	any determination or certificate made or given pursuant to any provision of this Agreement which provides for such determination or certificate to be conclusive to be shown to have
been incorrect, unreasonable, or arbitrary or not to have been given or made in good faith, 

  

	 	(d)	the award of enforcement costs is a discretionary remedy, 

  

	 	(e)	undertakings to pay stamp duty may be void under the Stamp Act 1891, 

  

	 	(f)	the limitation of validity and/or enforcement by laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation, court schemes, moratoria, administration and other laws
generally affecting the rights of creditors, 

  

	 	(g)	if an English court were to construe any provision of this Agreement as being in the nature of a penalty, such provision would not be held to be valid and binding, and

  

	 	(h)	defences of set-off or counterclaim and similar principles. 

  
 “Resignation Letter” means a letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 (Form of Resignation Letter). 
  
 “Rollover Loan” means, in relation to a particular date,
one or more Loans: 
  

	 	(a)	whose Drawdown Date is the same as the Repayment Date of one or more existing Loans; 

  

	 	(b)	where (i) the aggregate principal amount (or, if in a currency different from the principal amount referred to in (ii) below, the aggregate Original Sterling Amount) of the Loans
are the same as or less than (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount (if in a currency different from the principal amount referred to in (i) above, translated into Sterling on the basis of the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date
of receipt by the Agent of the Request for those Loans) of all existing Loans whose Repayment Date is the same as that Drawdown Date; and 

  

	 	(c)	all of the proceeds of which are to be used to refinance all or part of the existing Loans referred to in (a) and (b) above. 

  

 9 

 “Security Interest” means any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment by way of
security, hypothecation or security interest or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect. 
  
 “Screen Rate” means: 
  

	 	(a)	in relation to LIBOR, the average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for the relevant currency and period; and 

  

	 	(b)	in relation to EURIBOR, the percentage rate per annum determined by the Banking Federation of the European Union for the relevant period, 

  
 displayed on the appropriate page of either the Telerate or Reuters screen
as agreed between the Agent and the Company prior to the date of this Agreement. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with
the Company and the Banks. 
  
 “Sterling” means
the lawful currency for the time being of the U.K. 
  
 “Subsidiary” means:- 
  

	 	(a)	a subsidiary within the meaning of Section 736 of the Companies Act 1985; and 

  

	 	(b)	unless the context otherwise requires, a subsidiary undertaking within the meaning of Section 258 of the Companies Act 1985. 

  
 “Tangible Consolidated Net Worth” means at any time the
aggregate (without double counting) of:- 
  

	 	(a)	the amount paid up or credited as paid up on the issued share capital of the Company; and 

  

	 	(b)	the amount standing to the credit of the consolidated capital and revenue reserves of the Group; 

  
 based on the Balance Sheet but adjusted by:- 
  

	 	(i)	adding any amount standing to the credit of the profit and loss account for the Group for the period ending on the date of the Balance Sheet, to the extent not included in
sub-paragraph (b) above and to the extent the amount is not attributable to any dividend or other distribution declared, recommended or made by any member of the Group; 

  

	 	(ii)	deducting any amount standing to the debit of the profit and loss account for the Group for the period ending on the date of the Balance Sheet; 

  

	 	(iii)	deducting any amount attributable to goodwill or any other intangible asset; 

  

 10 

	 	(iv)	reflecting any variation in the amount of the issued share capital of the Company and the consolidated capital and revenue reserves of the Group after the date of the Balance Sheet;

  

	 	(v)	reflecting any variation in the interest of the Company in any other member of the Group since the date of the Balance Sheet; 

  

	 	(vi)	excluding any amount attributable to minority interests; 

  

	 	(vii)	eliminating inconsistencies between the accounting principles applied in connection with the Balance Sheet and those applied in connection with the Original Group Accounts; and

  
 adding to the aggregate Tangible Consolidated
Net Worth otherwise provided in this definition, the difference between the amount of any provision for deferred Tax calculated according to Financial Reporting Standard No. 19 and that which would have been required to be provided by virtue of
Statement of Standard Accounting Practices No. 15. 
  
 All the
terms used in this definition are to be calculated in accordance with the accounting standards and principles applied in connection with the Original Group Accounts. If there is a dispute as to any interpretation of or computation for this
definition above, the interpretation or computation of the auditors of the Company prevails. 
  
 “TARGET” means the Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) System. 
  
 “Target Business Day” means a day on which TARGET is operating. 
  
 “Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any
penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same). 
  
 “Term” means the period selected in a Request for which a Loan is to be outstanding or the period determined under this Agreement for
which an overdue amount is calculated. 
  
 “Total
Commitments” means the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Banks, being £400,000,000 at the date of this Agreement. 
  
 “U.K.” means the United Kingdom. 
  
 “Unlawful Payment” means any unlawful payment, commission, bribe, pay-off or kickback. 
  
 “U.S. Borrower” means a Borrower incorporated in any of the
States of the United States of America or the District of Columbia. 
  
 “U.S. Dollars” means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America. 
  

 11 

	1.2	Construction 

  

	 	(A)	In this Agreement, unless the contrary intention appears, a reference to:- 

  

	 	(i)	an “amendment” includes a supplement, novation or re-enactment without material modification and “amended” is to be construed accordingly;

  
 “assets” includes present and
future properties, revenues and rights of every description; 
  
 an “authorisation” includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration and notarisation; 
  
 “know your customer requirements” are the checks that a Finance Party requests in order to meet its
obligations under applicable money laundering regulations to identify a person who is (or is to become) its customer; 
  
 a “material adverse effect” means a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under Clause 17.15
(Financial covenants) or the Borrowers taken as a whole to perform their payment obligations under any of the Finance Documents; 
  
 a “month” is a reference to a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next
calendar month, except that: 
  

	 	(a)	if there is no numerically corresponding day in the month in which that period ends, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; or

  

	 	(b)	if a Term commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Term shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which it is to end; 

 
 a “person” includes any individual, company,
unincorporated association or body of persons (including a partnership, joint venture or consortium), government, state agency, international organisation or other entity; 
  
 a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not
having the force of law) of any governmental, inter-governmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation; 
  

	 	(ii)	a provision of a law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted and includes any subordinate legislation; 

  

	 	(iii)	a Clause or a Schedule is a reference to a clause of or a schedule to this Agreement; 

  

	 	(iv)	a person includes its successors, transferees and assigns; 

  

	 	(v)	a Finance Document or another document is a reference to that Finance Document or other document as amended; and 

  

 12 

	 	(vi)	a time of day is a reference to London time. 

  

	 	(B)	Unless the contrary intention appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that
Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement. 

  

	 	(C)	The index to and the headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and are to be ignored in construing this Agreement. 

  

	 	(D)	Except as provided in a Finance Document, the terms of a Finance Document may be enforced only by a party to it and the operation of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999
is excluded. 

  

	 	(E)	The Finance Documents contain the complete agreement between the parties on the matters to which they relate and, following the Effective Date, supersede all prior commitments,
agreements and undertakings whether written or oral on those matters. 

  

	2.	THE FACILITY 

  

	2.1	Facility 

  

	 	(A)	Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Banks grant to the Borrowers a committed multicurrency revolving credit facility up to an aggregate Original Sterling Amount not
exceeding the Total Commitments. 

  

	 	(B)	Notwithstanding the above provisions of this Clause 2.1, a Bank may procure that one of its Affiliates may make a Loan to a U.S. Borrower if to do so would mean that that Borrower
avoids having to make any withholding or deduction in respect of any Tax. 

  

	 	(C)	This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date. 

  

	2.2	Overall facility limit 

  

	 	(A)	The aggregate Original Sterling Amount of all outstanding Loans shall not, at any time, exceed the Total Commitments. 

  

	 	(B)	No Bank is obliged to participate in a Loan if it would cause the Original Sterling Amount of its participations in the Loans to exceed its Commitment. 

  

	2.3	Nature of a Finance Party’s rights and obligations 

  

	 	(A)	The obligations of a Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to carry out those obligations does not relieve any other Party of its
obligations under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents. 

  

	 	(B)	The rights of a Finance Party under the Finance Documents are divided rights. A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce those
rights. 

  

 13 

	2.4	Change of Currency 

  
 If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will be amended to the extent the Agent specifies it to be necessary to reflect the change
in currency and to put the Banks in the same position, so far as possible, that they would have been in if no change in currency had occurred. 
  

	3.	PURPOSE 

  
 Each Borrower shall apply each Loan made to it under the Facility towards: 
  

	 	(A)	the financing of working capital needs and the refinancing of any of its outstanding Financial Indebtedness; and 

  

	 	(B)	the Group’s general corporate purposes (including any activity approved by the shareholders at a general meeting of the Company and any acquisition (other than a hostile
acquisition)). 

  
 Without affecting the
obligations of any Obligor in any way, no Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of the proceeds of any Loan. 
  

	4.	CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 

  

	4.1	Documentary conditions precedent 

  
 No Borrower may deliver the first Request until the Agent has notified the Company and the Banks that it has received all of the documents and evidence
set out in Part I of Schedule 2 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. 
  

	4.2	Further conditions precedent 

  
 The obligations of each Bank to participate in any Loan are subject to the further conditions precedent that:- 
  

	 	(A)	on both the date of the Request and the Drawdown Date for that Loan:- 

  

	 	(i)	the representations and warranties in Clause 16 (Representations and warranties) to be repeated on those dates are correct and will be correct immediately after the Loan is made;
and 

  

	 	(ii)	no Event of Default or, in the case of any Loan other than a Rollover Loan, no Default is outstanding or might result from the Loan; and 

  

	 	(B)	the making of the Loan would not cause Clause 2.2 (Overall facility limit) to be contravened. 

  

 14 

	5.	DRAWDOWN 

  

	5.1	Receipt of Requests 

  
 A Borrower may borrow a Loan during the Commitment Period if the Agent receives, not later than 11.00 a.m. three Business Days before the proposed
Drawdown Date or, if the Loan is to be denominated in Sterling, not later than 11.00 a.m. one Business Day before the proposed Drawdown Date, a duly completed Request. Each Request is irrevocable. 
  

	5.2	Completion of Requests 

  
 A Request for a Loan will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:- 
  

	 	(A)	the Drawdown Date is a Business Day falling on or before the Final Repayment Date; 

  

	 	(B)	if the currency selected is Sterling, the amount of the Loan is:- 

  

	 	(i)	a minimum of £5,000,000 and an integral multiple of £5,000,000; or 

  

	 	(ii)	the balance of the undrawn Total Commitments; or 

  

	 	(iii)	such other amount as the Agent may agree; 

  

	 	(C)	if the currency selected is an Optional Currency, the amount of the Loan is: 

  

	 	(i)	an integral multiple of 5,000,000 of the largest currency unit of that Optional Currency but at least the equivalent of £5,000,000; or 

  

	 	(ii)	the balance of the undrawn Total Commitments; or 

  

	 	(iii)	such other amount as the Agent may agree; 

  

	 	(D)	the amount selected under paragraph (B) or (C) above does not cause Clause 2.2 (Overall facility limit) to be contravened; 

  

	 	(E)	the currency selected complies with Clause 9 (Optional Currencies); 

  

	 	(F)	if only one Term is specified, it: 

  

	 	(i)	does not extend beyond the Final Repayment Date; and 

  

	 	(ii)	is a period of one, two, three or six months or any other period agreed by the Company and the Banks; and 

  

	 	(G)	the payment instructions comply with Clause 10 (Payments). 

  
 Each Request for a Loan must specify one Loan only, but a Borrower may, subject to the other terms of this Agreement, deliver more than one Request for
Loans on any one day. Unless otherwise agreed by the Agent, no more than ten (10) Loans may be outstanding at any time. 
  

 15 

	5.3	Advance of Loan 

  

	 	(A)	The Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of the details of the requested Loan and the amount of its participation in the Loan. 

  

	 	(B)	Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Bank shall make its participation in the Loan available to the Agent for the relevant Borrower in the currency in which it is to be
borrowed, on the relevant Drawdown Date. 

  

	 	(C)	The amount of each Bank’s participation in the Loan will be the proportion of the Loan which its Commitment bears to the Total Commitment on the proposed Drawdown Date.

  

	6.	REPAYMENT 

  

	6.1	Repayment of Loans 

  
 Each Borrower shall repay each Loan made to it in full on its Repayment Date to the Agent for the Banks. 
  

	6.2	Re-borrowing 

  
 Subject to the other terms of this Agreement, any amount repaid under this Clause 6 may be re-borrowed. 
  

	7.	PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION 

  

	7.1	Automatic cancellation 

  
 The outstanding Commitment of each Bank shall be automatically cancelled at close of business in London on the Final Repayment Date. 
  

	7.2	Voluntary cancellation 

  
 The Company may, by giving not less than 10 Business Days’ prior notice (or such shorter period as the Majority Banks agree) to the Agent, cancel the
unutilised portion of the Total Commitments in whole or in part (but, if in part, in a minimum Original Sterling Amount of £5,000,000 and an integral multiple of £5,000,000). Any cancellation of the Total Commitments in part shall be
applied against the Commitment of each Bank pro rata. 
  

	7.3	Mandatory prepayment 

  

	 	(A)	If a change of ownership of any of the equity share capital (as defined in the Companies Act 1985) of the Company results in any single person or group of persons acting in concert
(as defined in the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers) acquiring more than 50 per cent. in nominal value of the same the Company shall notify the Agent (who shall promptly notify the Banks) specifying, so far as it is able, the identity of the
person or persons acquiring or having acquired the relevant amount of equity share capital. 

  

 16 

	 	(B)	Each Bank may, within 30 days of the Company notifying the Agent under paragraph (A) above, by notice to the Company: 

  

	 	(i)	cancel its Commitment; 

  

	 	(ii)	demand that its participation in all the outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest thereon, any sum payable in accordance with Clause 23.2 (Other indemnities) and all other
amounts payable to it under the Finance Documents on the date specified in that notice be due and payable at a date no earlier than the date falling 60 days after the Company has notified the Agent under paragraph (A) above.

  

	 	(C)	In the circumstances described in paragraph (A) above, a Bank shall not be obliged to fund a Loan (except for a Rollover Loan). 

  

	7.4	Voluntary prepayment 

  
 Any Borrower may, by giving not less than 10 Business Days’ prior notice to the Agent, prepay any Loan made to it (subject to Clause 23.2 (Other
indemnities)) in whole or in part (but, if in part, in a minimum Original Sterling Amount of £5,000,000 and an integral multiple of an Original Sterling Amount of £5,000,000). Any such prepayment shall be applied pro rata against the
Commitment of each Bank. 
  

	7.5	Additional right of prepayment and cancellation 

  
 If: 
  

	 	(A)	any Obligor is required to pay to a Bank any additional amount under Clause 11 (Taxes); or 

  

	 	(B)	the Company is required to pay to a Bank any amount under Clause 13 (Increased costs), 

  
 then, without prejudice to the obligations of any Obligor under those Clauses, the Company may, whilst the circumstances
continue, serve a notice of prepayment and cancellation on that Bank through the Agent. On the date falling five Business Days after the date of service of the notice:- 
  

	 	(i)	each Borrower shall prepay that Bank’s participation in all the Loans made to it; and 

  

	 	(ii)	the Commitment of that Bank shall be cancelled. 

  

	7.6	Miscellaneous provisions 

  

	 	(A)	Any notice of prepayment and/or cancellation under this Agreement is irrevocable. The Agent shall notify the Banks promptly of receipt of any such notice. 

 

 17 

	 	(B)	All prepayments under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to Clause 23.2 (Other indemnities), without premium or penalty.

  

	 	(C)	No prepayment or cancellation is permitted except in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement. 

  

	 	(D)	Without prejudice to the right of a Borrower to re-borrow under Clause 6.2 (Re-borrowing), no amount prepaid under this Agreement may subsequently be re-borrowed.

  

	 	(E)	No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may subsequently be reinstated. 

  

	8.	INTEREST 

  

	8.1	Interest rate 

  
 The rate of interest on each Loan for its Term is the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the aggregate of the applicable:- 
  

	 	(A)	Margin; 

  

	 	(B)	LIBOR or (in the case of a Loan denominated in euro) EURIBOR; and 

  

	 	(C)	Mandatory Cost. 

  

	8.2	Non-Business Days 

  
 If a Term would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Term shall instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there
is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). 
  

	8.3	Due dates 

  
 Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, accrued interest on each Loan is payable by the relevant Borrower on its Repayment Date and also, in the
case of a Loan with a Term longer than six months, on the dates falling at six monthly intervals after its Drawdown Date. 
  

	8.4	Default interest 

  

	 	(A)	If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under the Finance Documents, it shall forthwith on demand by the Agent pay interest on the overdue amount from the due date up to
the date of actual payment, as well after as before judgment, at a rate (the “default rate”) determined by the Agent to be one per cent. per annum above the higher of:- 

  

	 	(i)	the rate on the overdue amount under Clause 8.1 (Interest rate) immediately before the due date (if of principal); and 

  

 18 

	 	(ii)	the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for such successive
Terms of such duration as the Agent may determine (each a “Designated Term”). 

  

	 	(B)	The default rate will be determined by the Agent on each Business Day or the first day of, or two Business Days before the first day of, the relevant Designated Term, as
appropriate. 

  

	 	(C)	If the Agent determines that deposits in the currency of the overdue amount are not at the relevant time being made available by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the London
interbank market, the default rate will be determined by reference to the cost of funds to the Agent from whatever sources it selects. 

  

	 	(D)	Default interest will be compounded at the end of each Designated Term. 

  

	8.5	Notification of rates of interest 

  
 The Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Party of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement. 
  

	9.	OPTIONAL CURRENCIES 

  

	9.1	Selection 

  

	 	(A)	A Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) shall select the currency of a Loan in the relevant Request. 

  

	 	(B)	The currency of each Loan must be Sterling or an Optional Currency. 

  

	 	(C)	The Agent shall notify each Bank of the currency and the Original Sterling Amount of each Loan and the applicable Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange promptly after they are
ascertained. 

  

	9.2	Revocation of currency 

  
 If, before 9.30 a.m. on any Rate Fixing Day for any Loan, the Agent receives notice from a Bank that: 
  

	 	(A)	it is impracticable for the Bank to fund its participation in the relevant Loan in the relevant Optional Currency during its Term in the ordinary course of business in the London
interbank market; and/or 

  

	 	(B)	the use of the proposed Optional Currency might contravene any law or regulation, 

  
 the Agent shall give notice to the Company and to the Banks to that effect before 11.00 a.m. on that day. In this event:

  

	 	(i)	the Company and the Banks may agree that the drawdown will not be made; or 

  

 19 

	 	(ii)	in the absence of agreement, that Bank’s participation in the Loan (or, if more than one Bank is similarly affected, those Banks’ participations in the Loan) shall be
treated as a separate Loan denominated in Sterling during the relevant Term. 

  

	10.	PAYMENTS 

  

	10.1	Place 

  
 All payments by an Obligor or a Bank under the Finance Documents shall be made to the Agent to its account at such office or bank in a principal financial
centre of a country of the relevant currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in a Participating Member State or London) as it may notify to that Obligor or Bank for this purpose. Notwithstanding the above, all payments by
the Company to the Agent under Clause 20 (Fees) and 21 (Expenses) shall be made direct to the Agent in the manner agreed by the Banks, the Agent and the Company. 
  

	10.2	Funds 

  
 Payments under the Finance Documents to the Agent shall be made for value on the due date at such times and in such funds as the Agent may specify to the
Party concerned as being customary at the time for the settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place for payment. 
  

	10.3	Distribution 

  

	 	(A)	Each payment received by the Agent under this Agreement for another Party shall, subject to paragraphs (B) and (C) below, be made available by the Agent to that Party by payment (on
the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) to its account with such office or bank: 

  

	 	(i)	in the principal financial centre of a country of the relevant currency; or 

  

	 	(ii)	in the case of euros in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London, 

  
 as it may notify to the Agent for this purpose by not less than five Business Days’ prior notice. 
  

	 	(B)	The Agent may apply any amount received by it for an Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from an Obligor under the
Finance Documents or in or towards the purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied. 

  

	 	(C)	 Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for the account of another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that Party until it
has established that it has actually received that sum. The Agent may, however, assume that the sum has been paid to it in accordance with this Agreement and, in reliance on that assumption, make available to that Party a corresponding amount. If
the sum has not been made available but the Agent has paid a corresponding amount to 

  

 20 

	 	 
another Party, that Party shall forthwith on demand refund the corresponding amount to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of
payment to the date of receipt, calculated at a rate determined by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds. 

  

	10.4	Currency 

  

	 	(A)	A repayment or prepayment of a Loan or any part of a Loan is payable in the currency in which the Loan is denominated on its due date. 

  

	 	(B)	Interest is payable in the currency in which the relevant amount in respect of which it is payable is denominated. 

  

	 	(C)	Amounts payable in respect of costs, expenses, Taxes and the like are payable in the currency in which they are incurred. 

  

	 	(D)	Any other amount payable under the Finance Documents is, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, payable in Sterling. 

  

	10.5	Set-off and counterclaim 

  
 All payments made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be made without set-off or counterclaim. 
  

	10.6	Non-Business Days 

  

	 	(A)	If a payment under the Finance Documents is due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date for that payment shall instead be the next Business Day in the same calendar month
(if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). 

  

	 	(B)	During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal at the rate payable on the original due date.

  

	10.7	Partial payments 

  

	 	(A)	If the Agent receives a payment insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by the Obligors under the Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment
towards the obligations of the Obligors under the Finance Documents in the following order:- 

  

	 	(i)	first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent under the Finance Documents; 

  

	 	(ii)	secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest due but unpaid under this Agreement; 

  

	 	(iii)	thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and 

  

 21 

	 	(iv)	fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents. 

  

	 	(B)	The Agent shall, if so directed by all the Banks, vary the order set out in sub-paragraphs (A)(ii) to (iv) above. 

  

	 	(C)	Paragraphs (A) and (B) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor. 

  

	11.	TAXES 

  

	11.1	Gross-up 

  
 All payments by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be made without any deduction and free and clear of and without any deduction for or on
account of any Taxes, except to the extent that that Obligor is required by law to make payment subject to any Taxes. If any Tax or amounts in respect of Tax must be deducted, or any other deductions must be made, from any amounts payable or paid by
an Obligor, or paid or payable by the Agent to a Bank, under the Finance Documents, that Obligor shall (subject to Clause 11.3 (Qualifying Banks)) pay such additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that the relevant Bank receives a net amount
equal to the full amount which it would have received had payment not been made subject to Tax or any other deduction. 
  
 For the purposes of this Clause 11, unless otherwise indicated, the term “Tax” shall not include any Tax on the overall net income. The term
“Tax on the overall net income” shall mean any Tax imposed on a person’s net income, branch profit tax, branch interest tax, including any franchise Tax imposed in lieu thereof, net profits or gains, by any state or federal authority
in the United States in which that person is organised, has its principal office, or has its applicable lending office. 
  

	11.2	Tax receipts 

  
 All Taxes required by law to be deducted by an Obligor from any amounts paid or payable under the Finance Documents shall be paid by that Obligor when due
and that Obligor shall, within 15 days of the payment being made, deliver to the Agent for the relevant Bank evidence satisfactory to that Bank (including all relevant Tax receipts) that the payment has been duly remitted to the appropriate
authority. 
  

	11.3	Qualifying Banks 

  

	 	(A)	Subject to paragraph (B) below, if a Bank is not or ceases to be a Qualifying Bank no Obligor will be liable to pay to that Bank under Clause 11.1 (Gross-up) any amount in respect
of Taxes levied or imposed by the U.K. or any Taxing authority of or in the U.K. in excess of the amount it would have been obliged to pay if that Bank had been or had not ceased to be a Qualifying Bank. 

  

	 	(B)	Paragraph (A) above does not apply if a Bank ceases to be a Qualifying Bank as a result of the introduction of, change in, or any change in the interpretation, administration or
application of, any law or regulation or any practice or concession of the U.K. Inland Revenue occurring after the date of this Agreement (or occurring after the date when that Bank became a party to this Agreement, if later).

  

 22 

	 	(C)	Subject to paragraph (D) below, no Obligor shall be obliged to gross up under Clause 11.1 (Gross-up) if it would not have needed to do so if a Bank had promptly taken all steps it
is able to take under the relevant double Taxation agreement or under regulations or other requirements imposed by the Inland Revenue in order to obtain payment of any amount payable under the Finance Documents to that Bank without deduction of U.K.
Tax. 

  

	 	(D)	Each Obligor which makes a payment to which a Bank is entitled shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that Obligor to obtain authorisation to make a
payment without deduction of U.K. Tax. 

  

	11.4	Tax Credits 

  
 If an Obligor pays any additional amount (a “Tax Payment”) under Clause 11.1 (Gross-up) and any Bank effectively obtains, utilises and
fully retains a refund of Tax, or credit against Tax on its overall net income, by reason of that Tax Payment (a “Tax Credit”), on an affiliated group basis and the Bank is able to identify that Tax Credit as being attributable to
that Tax Payment, then the Bank shall as soon as practicable reimburse to the relevant Obligor such amount as it shall determine to be the proportion of that Tax Credit as will leave it (after that reimbursement) in no better or worse position than
it would have been in if that Tax Payment had not been required. Each Bank shall not be obliged to disclose any information regarding its Tax affairs or computations to any Obligor nor shall anything in this Clause 11.4 (Tax credits) interfere with
the right of any Bank to arrange its Tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit. 
  

	11.5	Confirmation by Banks 

  
 Each Bank confirms on the date of this Agreement or (if later) on the date it becomes a party to this Agreement that it is a Qualifying Bank and agrees
that it shall promptly notify the Company if it becomes aware that any such confirmation ceases to be correct. 
  

	11.6	U.S. Taxes 

  

	 	(A)	No Obligor shall be required to pay any additional amount pursuant to Clause 11.1 (Gross-up) in respect of United States Taxes (including, without limitation, federal, state, local
or other income Taxes), branch profits or franchise Taxes with respect to a sum payable by it pursuant to the Finance Documents to a Bank if: 

  

	 	(i)	on the date such Bank becomes a Party to this Agreement or has designated a new Facility Office either: 

  

	 	(a)	 in the case of a Bank which is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), such Bank is not entitled to submit a Form
W-8 BEN (relating to such Bank and claiming a complete exemption from withholding on interest payable pursuant to this Agreement) or a Form W-8 ECI (relating to interest payable pursuant to this Agreement) (or successor forms) with respect to
interest payable pursuant to this Agreement; if the form provided by a Bank at the time such Bank first becomes a party to this 

  

 23 

	 	 
Agreement (or has designated a new Facility Office) indicates a United States withholding Tax in excess of zero, withholding Tax at such rate shall be
considered excluded from Taxes and no additional amount shall be paid in respect of such amounts; or 

  

	 	(b)	in the case of a Bank which is a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), Clause 11.1 (Gross-up) would apply (other than as a result of the
introduction of, suspension, withdrawal or cancellation of, or change in the official interpretation, administration or official application of, any law, regulation having the force of law, Tax treaty or any published practice or published
concession of the United States Internal Revenue Service or any other relevant Taxing or fiscal authority in any jurisdiction with which the relevant Bank has a connection, occurring after the date the Bank becomes a Party to this Agreement or has
designated a new Facility Office); or 

  

	 	(c)	such Bank is subject to such Tax by reason of any connection between the jurisdiction imposing such Tax and the Bank or its Facility Office other than a connection arising solely
from this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby; or 

  

	 	(ii)	such Bank has failed to submit any form, certificate or other information with respect to such sum payable that it was required to file pursuant to paragraph (B) or (C) below and is
entitled to file under applicable law. 

  

	 	(B)	If a Bank is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) it shall (if and to the extent that it is entitled to do so under applicable
law) submit, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has become a Party to this Agreement or designated a new Facility Office, in duplicate to the relevant Obligor duly completed and signed copies of Form W-8 BEN of the United States Internal
Revenue Service (relating to such Bank and claiming complete exemption from withholding on all amounts (to which such withholding would otherwise apply) to be received by such Bank, including fees, pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any
borrowing by that Obligor) as a result of a Tax treaty concluded with the United States or Form W-8 ECI of the United States Internal Revenue Service (relating to all amounts (to which such withholding would otherwise apply) to be received by such
Bank, including fees, pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any borrowing by the relevant Obligor). Thereafter and from time to time upon the reasonable request of an Obligor, such Bank shall (if and to the extent that it is entitled to do
so under applicable law) submit to the relevant Obligor such additional duly completed and signed copies of one or the other such forms (or such successor forms as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant United States Taxation
authorities) or any additional information, in each case as may be required under then current United States law or regulations to claim the inapplicability of or exemption from United States withholding Taxes on payments in respect of all amounts
(to which such withholding would otherwise apply) to be received by such Bank, including fees, pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any borrowing by that Obligor. 

  

 24 

	 	(C)	If a Bank is a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) it shall upon the reasonable request of an Obligor, as soon as practicable after it
has become a Party to this Agreement or designated a new Facility Office, and thereafter upon the reasonable request of an Obligor, submit in duplicate to the relevant Obligor a certificate to the effect that it is such a United States person and
shall (if and to the extent that it is entitled to do so under applicable law) upon the reasonable request of the relevant Obligor submit any additional information that may be necessary to avoid United States withholding Taxes on all payments,
including fees, (to which such withholding would otherwise apply) to be received pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any borrowing by the relevant Obligor. 

  

	12.	MARKET DISRUPTION 

  

	 	(A)	If LIBOR or EURIBOR (as applicable) are to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply an offered rate by 11.30 a.m. on the Rate Fixing
Day, the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR shall, subject to paragraph (B) below, be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks. 

  

	 	(B)	If, in relation to any proposed Loan: 

  

	 	(i)	LIBOR or EURIBOR (as applicable) are to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but no, or only one, Reference Bank supplies a rate by 11.30 a.m. on the Rate Fixing Day or
the Agent otherwise determines that adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR; or 

  

	 	(ii)	the Agent receives notification from Banks whose participations in a Loan exceed 30 per cent. of that Loan that, in their opinion:- 

  

	 	(a)	matching deposits may not be available to them in the London interbank market or, in the case of euros, in the European interbank market, in the ordinary course of business to fund
their participations in that Loan for the relevant Term; or 

  

	 	(b)	the cost to them of matching deposits in the London interbank market or, in the case of euros, in the European interbank market would be in excess of the relevant LIBOR or EURIBOR
(as applicable), for the relevant Term, 

  
 the
Agent shall promptly notify the Company and the relevant Borrower and the Banks of the fact and that this Clause 12 is in operation. 
  

	 	(C)	After any notification under paragraph (B) above:- 

  

	 	(i)	the relevant Loan(s) shall still be made but shall have a Term of one month and the interest payable on the relevant Loan(s) shall be determined in accordance with sub-paragraphs
(ii) to (vi) below; 

  

 25 

	 	(ii)	promptly after receipt of the notification, the Company and the Agent shall enter into negotiations in good faith for a period of not more than 30 days with a view to agreeing a
substitute basis for determining the rate of interest and/or funding applicable to any Loan affected by the notification; 

  

	 	(iii)	any substitute basis agreed under sub-paragraph (ii) above shall be, with the prior consent of all the Banks, binding on all the Parties; 

  

	 	(iv)	if no substitute basis is agreed under sub-paragraph (ii) above, each Bank (through the Agent) shall certify on or before the last day of the Term to which the notification relates
an alternative basis for maintaining its participation in the Loan(s) to which the notification relates; 

  

	 	(v)	any alternative basis referred to in sub-paragraph (iv) above may include an alternative method of fixing the interest rate, alternative Term or alternative currencies but it must
reflect the cost to the Banks of funding their participation in the Loan(s) to which the notification relates from whatever sources each relevant Bank may reasonably select (each Bank’s cost of funding being certified by that Bank with a copy
to the Agent) plus the applicable Margin and any Mandatory Costs; and 

  

	 	(vi)	each alternative basis so certified shall be binding on the Borrowers and the certifying Bank and treated as part of this Agreement. 

  

	13.	INCREASED COSTS 

  

	13.1	Increased costs 

  

	 	(A)	Subject to Clause 13.2 (Exceptions), the Company shall forthwith on notification by the Agent in accordance with Clause 13.4 (Increased costs claims) pay that Finance Party the
amount of any increased cost incurred by it or any of its Affiliates as a result of: 

  

	 	(i)	the introduction of, or any change in, or any change in the interpretation or application of, any law or regulation; or 

  

	 	(ii)	compliance with any regulation made after the date of this Agreement, 

  
 (including any law or regulation relating to Taxation, change in currency of a country or reserve asset, special deposit, cash ratio, liquidity or capital
adequacy requirements or any other form of banking or monetary control). 
  

	 	(B)	In this Agreement “increased cost” means:- 

  

	 	(i)	an additional cost incurred by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of it having entered into, or performing, maintaining or funding its obligations under, this
Agreement; or 

  

	 	(ii)	 that portion of an additional cost incurred by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates in making, funding or maintaining all or any advances comprised in a 

  

 26 

	 	 
class of advances formed by or including that Finance Party’s participations in the Loan made or to be made by it under this Agreement as is
attributable to that Finance Party making, funding or maintaining those participations; or 

  

	 	(iii)	a reduction in any amount payable to a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates or the effective return to a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates under this Agreement or (to the
extent that it is attributable to this Agreement) on its capital; or 

  

	 	(iv)	the amount of any payment made by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates, or the amount of interest or other return foregone by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates,
calculated by reference to any amount received or receivable by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates from any other Party under this Agreement. 

  

	13.2	Exceptions 

  
 Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to any increased cost:- 
  

	 	(A)	compensated for by the payment of the Mandatory Cost; 

  

	 	(B)	compensated for by the operation of Clause 11 (Taxes) or which would have been compensated for under that Clause but which was not so compensated because of one of the exceptions
set out in that Clause; 

  

	 	(C)	attributable to any change in the rate of, or change in the basis of calculating, Tax on the overall net income of a Bank (or the overall net income of a division or branch of the
Bank) imposed in the jurisdiction in which its principal office or Facility Office is situate; and 

  

	 	(D)	which arises from a Bank negligently or wilfully contravening or exceeding any operating limits or other restrictions in existence on the date of this Agreement imposed on it by any
competent authority. 

  

	13.3	Regulation D Costs 

  
 Each U.S. Borrower shall, promptly upon demand by the Agent pay to it for the Banks the amount of any Regulation D Costs actually incurred by the Banks in
respect of any Loan made by them to that U.S. Borrower. Any such demand shall contain reasonable details of the calculation of the relevant Regulation D Costs. 
  

	13.4	Increased costs claims 

  
 A Bank intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) shall notify the Agent of its claim whereupon the Agent shall promptly notify
the Company thereof. Any such claim shall contain reasonable details of the calculation of the relevant increased cost, provided that nothing herein shall require such Bank to disclose any confidential information relating to the organisation of its
affairs. 
  

 27 

	14.	ILLEGALITY AND MITIGATION 

  

	14.1	Illegality 

  
 If it is or becomes unlawful in any jurisdiction for a Bank to give effect to any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or
maintain any Loan, then:- 
  

			
	 (A)
	 	the Bank may notify the Company through the Agent accordingly; and
		
	 (B)
	 	 (i)     each Borrower shall forthwith prepay all the participations of that Bank or (if possible) the part of the
participation of that Bank which represents the amount which it has or will become unlawful for the relevant Bank to fund in all the Loans made to it; and

		
	 	 	 (ii)    the Commitment of that Bank shall forthwith be cancelled in full or, where applicable, the level of the
Commitment of that Bank shall be reduced to such level as is lawful for that Bank to maintain.

  

	14.2	Mitigation 

  
 If circumstances arise in respect of any Finance Party which would, or would upon the giving of notice, result in: 
  

	 	(A)	an Obligor being obliged to pay to or for the account of that Finance Party additional amounts pursuant to Clause 11.1 (Gross-up) or 13.1 (Increased costs); or

  

	 	(B)	a Borrower being obliged to prepay that Finance Party’s participation in any Loan pursuant to Clause 14.1 (Illegality), 

  
 then, without in any way limiting, reducing or otherwise qualifying that
Obligor’s obligations under Clauses 11.1 (Gross-up), 13.1 (Increased costs) or 14.1 (Illegality), the relevant Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Agent and the Company, use reasonable endeavours in good faith for a period not
exceeding 30 days to take such steps as may be open to it to remove such circumstances or mitigate the consequences to the relevant Obligor thereof, including (without limitation) changing its Facility Office to one in another jurisdiction or
transferring its rights and obligations under this Agreement to another institution, unless in any such case to do so might (in the reasonable opinion of that Finance Party) be prejudicial to that Finance Party. 
  

	15.	GUARANTEE 

  

	15.1	Guarantee 

  
 Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:- 
  

	 	(A)	as principal obligor, guarantees to each Finance Party prompt performance by each Borrower of all its obligations under the Finance Documents; 

  

	 	(B)	 undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor

  

 28 

	 	 
shall forthwith on demand by the Agent pay that amount as if that Guarantor instead of the relevant Borrower were expressed to be the principal obligor; and

  

	 	(C)	indemnifies each Finance Party on demand against any loss or liability suffered by it if any obligation guaranteed by a Guarantor is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal.

  

	15.2	Continuing guarantee 

  
 This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of all sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents,
regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part. 
  

	15.3	Reinstatement 

  

	 	(A)	Where any discharge (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made in whole or in part or any arrangement is made
on the faith of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored on insolvency, liquidation or otherwise without limitation, the liability of each Guarantor under this Clause 15 shall continue as if the discharge or
arrangement had not occurred. 

  

	 	(B)	Each Finance Party may concede or compromise any claim that any payment, security or other disposition is liable to avoidance or restoration. 

  

	15.4	Waiver of defences 

  
 The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 15 will not be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this provision, would
reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 15 or prejudice or diminish those obligations in whole or in part, including (whether or not known to it or any Finance Party):- 
  

	 	(A)	any time or waiver granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person; 

  

	 	(B)	the release of any Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group; 

  

	 	(C)	the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor
or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security; 

  

	 	(D)	any incapacity or lack of powers, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person; 

  

	 	(E)	any variation (however fundamental) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security so that references to that Finance Document in this Clause 15 shall
include each variation or replacement; 

  

 29 

	 	(F)	any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security, to the intent that each Guarantor’s
obligations under this Clause 15 shall remain in full force and its guarantee be construed accordingly, as if there were no unenforceability, illegality or invalidity; or 

  

	 	(G)	any postponement, discharge, reduction, non-provability or other similar circumstance affecting any obligation of any Obligor under a Finance Document resulting from any insolvency,
liquidation or dissolution proceedings or from any law, regulation or order so that each such obligation shall for the purposes of each Guarantor’s obligations under this Clause 15 shall be construed as if there were no such circumstance.

  

	15.5	Immediate recourse 

  
 Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any
other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 15. 
  

	15.6	Appropriations 

  
 Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full,
each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:- 
  

	 	(A)	refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts,
or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and 

  

	 	(B)	hold in a suspense account (bearing interest at normal commercial rates) any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of a Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 15.

  

	15.7	Non-competition 

  
 Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, no
Guarantor shall, after a claim has been made or by virtue of any payment or performance by it under this Clause 15:- 
  

	 	(A)	be subrogated to any rights, security or moneys held, received or receivable by any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) or be entitled to any right of contribution
or indemnity in respect of any payment made or moneys received on account of any Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 15; 

  

	 	(B)	claim, rank, prove or vote as a creditor of any Obligor or its estate in competition with any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf); or 

  

	 	(C)	 receive, claim or have the benefit of any payment, distribution or security from or on account of any Obligor, or exercise any right of set-off as against any
Obligor, 

  

 30 

	 	 
unless the Agent otherwise directs. Each Guarantor shall hold in trust for and forthwith pay or transfer to the Agent for the Finance Parties any payment or
distribution or benefit of security received by it contrary to this Clause 15.7 or as directed by the Agent. 

  

	15.8	Additional security 

  
 This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other security now or hereafter held by any Finance Party. 
  

	16.	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 

  

	16.1	Representations and warranties 

  
 Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 16 to each Finance Party by reference to itself and, in addition, the Company
makes those representations and warranties by reference to each member of the Group. 
  

	16.2	Status 

  

	 	(A)	It is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation; and 

  

	 	(B)	it has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted. 

  

	16.3	Powers and authority 

  
 It has the power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary action to authorise the entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance
Documents to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents. 
  

	16.4	Legal validity 

  
 Each Finance Document to which it is or will be a party constitutes, or when executed in accordance with its terms will constitute, its legal obligation
enforceable (subject to the Reservations) in accordance with its terms. 
  

	16.5	Non-conflict 

  
 The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents do not and will not:- 
  

	 	(A)	conflict with any relevant law or regulation or judicial or official order binding on it; or 

  

	 	(B)	conflict with its constitutional documents; or 

  

	 	(C)	conflict with any document which is binding upon it or any of its assets. 

  

	16.6	No default 

  

	 	(A)	No Event of Default is outstanding or might result from the making of any Loan; and 

  

 31 

	 	(B)	no other event is outstanding which constitutes a default under any document which is binding on it or any of its assets to an extent or in a manner which might have a material
adverse effect. 

  

	16.7	Authorisations 

  
 All authorisations required in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, the
Finance Documents have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect. 
  

	16.8	Accounts 

  

			
	 (A)
	 	 (i)     In the case of the Company, the audited consolidated accounts of the Group most recently delivered to the
Agent (which, at the date of this Agreement, are the Original Group Accounts):-

		
	 	 	 (a)    have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles and practices generally accepted in the U.K.
consistently applied; and

		
	 	 	 (b)    give a true and fair view of the consolidated financial condition of the Group as at the date to which they were
drawn up; and

  

	 	(ii)	there has been no material adverse change in the consolidated financial condition of the Group since the date to which those accounts were drawn up. 

  

			
	 (B)
	 	 (i)     In the case of each Obligor (other than the Company), its audited accounts most recently delivered to the
Agent:-

  

	 	(a)	have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles and practices generally accepted in the jurisdiction of its incorporation consistently applied; and

  

	 	(b)	fairly represent its financial condition as at the date to which they were drawn up; and 

  

	 	(ii)	there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition of that Obligor since the date to which those accounts were drawn up. 

  

	16.9	Insolvency 

  
 No Obligor is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, has commenced negotiations with any one or more of its creditors with a view to the rescheduling
of its indebtedness or has made a general assignment for the benefit of or a composition with its creditors. 
  

	16.10 	Litigation 

  
 Except as disclosed to the Agent in writing before the date of this Agreement, no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings are current or, to
its knowledge, pending which are likely to be adversely determined and which could, if adversely determined, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect. 
  

 32 

	16.11 	Information 

  

	 	(A)	All of the written factual information supplied by it to the Agent relating to any member of the Group in connection with the Finance Documents was, on the date on which it was
supplied, true in all material respects and not misleading in any material respect and there are no facts or matters not disclosed in writing to the Agent the omission of which makes any such factual information inconsistent or misleading in any
material respect. 

  

	 	(B)	Nothing has occurred since the date the information was provided which renders such information untrue or misleading in any material respect and which, if disclosed, could
reasonably be expected to affect the decision of a person considering whether to enter into this Agreement. 

  

	16.12 	Environmental matters 

  

	 	(A)	It is and has been in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any Environmental Laws or Environmental Approvals relating to property of any
Borrower in the U.S.) which, if not complied with, would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect. 

  

	 	(B)	It has, and is in compliance with the terms of, all Environmental Approvals necessary for the ownership and operation of its facilities and businesses as presently owned and
operated which, if not obtained or complied with, would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect. 

  

	 	(C)	No Dangerous Substances have been used, disposed of, generated, stored, transported, dumped, deposited, buried or emitted at, on, from or under any premises (owned, leased, occupied
or controlled by members of the Group whether currently or in the past to its knowledge having made all reasonable enquiries) in circumstances where this would be reasonably likely to result in an Environmental Claim which would be reasonably likely
to have a material adverse effect. 

  

	 	(D)	There is no Environmental Claim pending, and there are, so far as it is aware, no past or present acts, omissions, events or circumstances that would be reasonably likely to lead to
any Environmental Claim against any member of the Group which would be reasonably likely, if adversely determined, to have a material adverse effect. 

  

	16.13 	ERISA 

  
 Each Plan of the Obligors and their respective ERISA Affiliates complies in all material respects with all applicable requirements of law and regulation.
No Reportable Event has occurred with respect to any Plan, and no steps have been taken to terminate any Plan which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect. No Obligor or any Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate of an Obligor has
withdrawn from any Multiemployer Plan or initiated any steps to do so where such withdrawal could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect. 
  

 33 

	16.14 	Investment Company Act 

  
 If it is a U.S. Borrower, it is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the
meaning of the United States Investment Company Act 1940, as amended. 
  

	16.15 	Public Utility Holding Company Act 

  
 If it is a U.S. Borrower, it is not a “holding company”, or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary
company” of a “holding company”, within the meaning of, or otherwise subject to regulation under, the United States Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended. 
  

	16.16 	Margin stock 

  

	 	(A)	The proceeds of any Loan have been and will be used only for the purposes described in Clause 3 (Purpose). 

  

	 	(B)	If it is a U.S. Borrower, it is not engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations T, U and X
of the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System), and no portion of any Loan has been or will be used, directly or indirectly, to purchase or carry margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or
carrying margin stock. 

  

	 	(C)	No portion of any Loan will be used to acquire any security in a transaction that is subject to Section 13 or 14 of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

  

	16.17 	No Unlawful Payments 

  
 If it is a U.S. Borrower, it has not, directly or indirectly, made or received any Unlawful Payment or in any way violated the United States Foreign
Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or similar laws. 
  

	16.18 	Solvency 

  

	 	(A)	In the case of a U.S. Borrower, the sum of its debts (including its obligations under this Agreement) is less than the value of its assets (calculated as the lesser of present fair
saleable value and fair valuation). 

  

	 	(B)	If it is a U.S. Borrower, it does not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct its business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted.

  

	 	(C)	If it is a U.S. Borrower, it has not incurred, does not intend to incur and does not believe it will incur debts beyond its ability to pay as they mature. 

 

	 	(D)	If it is a U.S. Borrower, it has not made a transfer or incurred an obligation under this Agreement with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of its present or future
creditors. 

  

 34 

	 	(E)	For purposes of this Clause: 

  

	 	(i)	“debt” means any liability on a claim; 

  

	 	(ii)	“claim” means (a) any right to payment, whether or not that right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, subordinated, contingent, matured,
unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured, or (b) any right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if that breach gives rise to payment, whether or not the right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment,
fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured; and 

  

	 	(iii)	terms used in this Clause 16.18 shall be construed in accordance with the applicable United States bankruptcy and New York fraudulent conveyance statutes and the related case law.

  

	16.19 	Jurisdiction/governing law 

  

	 	(A)	In the case of each Foreign Borrower, its: 

  

	 	(i)	irrevocable submission under Clause 34 (Jurisdiction) to the jurisdiction of the courts of England and New York; 

  

	 	(ii)	agreement that this Agreement is governed by English law; and 

  

	 	(iii)	agreement not to claim any immunity to which it or its assets may be entitled, 

  
 are legal, valid and binding under the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of that Foreign Borrower;
and 
  

	 	(B)	any final judgment obtained in England will be recognised and be enforceable (without re-examination of the merits of the applicable case) by the courts of the jurisdiction of its
incorporation, except as set out in any opinion delivered pursuant to paragraph 11 of Part II of Schedule 2 to this Agreement. 

  

	16.20 	Times for making representations and warranties 

  
 The representations and warranties set out in this Clause 16:- 
  

			
	 (A)
	 	 (i)     in the case of an Obligor which is a Party on the date of this Agreement, are made by that Obligor on that
date; and

  

	 	(ii)	in the case of a Borrower which becomes a Party after the date of this Agreement, (with the exception of Clauses 16.8(A)(ii), 16.8(B)(ii) (Accounts) and 16.11 (Information)) will be
deemed to be made by that Borrower on the date it executes a Borrower Accession Agreement; and 

  

	 	(B)	 (with the exception of Clauses 16.8(A)(ii), 16.8(B)(ii) (Accounts), 16.10 (Litigation) and 16.11 (Information)) are deemed to be repeated by each Obligor on the
date of each 

  

 35 

	 	 
Request and each Drawdown Date and on the last day of each Term with reference to the facts and circumstances then existing. 

  

	17.	UNDERTAKINGS 

  

	17.1	Duration 

  
 The undertakings in this Clause 17 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is or may be outstanding under this Agreement
or any Commitment is in force. 
  

	17.2	Financial information 

  
 The Company shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Banks: 
  

	 	(A)	as soon as the same are available (and in any event within 180 days of the end of each of its financial years): 

  

	 	(i)	its audited consolidated accounts for that financial year; and 

  

	 	(ii)	the audited accounts of each Obligor for that financial year; 

  

	 	(B)	as soon as the same are available (and in any event within 120 days of the end of the first half-year of each of its financial years):- 

  

	 	(i)	its unaudited consolidated accounts for that half-year; and 

  

	 	(ii)	the unaudited accounts of each Obligor for that half-year; 

  

			
	 (C)
	 	 (i)       together with the accounts specified in paragraph (A)(i) above, a certificate signed by two of
its senior officers setting out in reasonable detail computations establishing compliance with Clause 17.15 (Financial covenants) as at the date to which those accounts were drawn up; and

		
	 	 	 (ii)      together with the accounts specified in paragraph (B)(i) above, a certificate signed by two of its
senior officers on its behalf setting out in reasonable detail computations establishing compliance with Clause 17.15(D)(i) and (ii) (Financial covenants) as at the date to which those accounts were drawn-up.

  
  

	17.3	Information - miscellaneous 

  

	 	(A)	The Company shall supply to the Agent: 

  

	 	(i)	all documents despatched by the Company to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors (or any class of them) at the same time as they are despatched;

  

	 	(ii)	promptly upon becoming aware of them, details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current or, to its knowledge, pending, and which are likely to
be adversely determined and which could, if adversely determined, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect; and 

  

 36 

	 	(iii)	promptly, such further information in the possession or control of any member of the Group regarding its financial condition and operations as any Finance Party may reasonably
request, other than information which the Company is precluded by law or regulation from disclosing (provided that the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours to obtain all necessary consents, authorisations or waivers for the disclosure thereof
to the Agent), 

  
 in sufficient copies for all of
the Banks, if the Agent so requests. 
  

	 	(B)	Each Obligor will give the Agent prompt notice of the occurrence of any of the following events: 

  

	 	(i)	non-compliance with any Environmental Law or Environmental License of which it is aware and which is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect; 

 

	 	(ii)	any Environmental Claim or any other claim, notice or other communication served on it in respect of any alleged breach of any Environmental Law or Environmental License which, if
adversely determined, would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect; 

  

	 	(iii)	any actual or suspected Environmental Contamination which is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect; 

  

	 	(iv)	any Reportable Event which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect; 

  

	 	(v)	any termination of any Plan maintained or contributed to by an Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate or any action that might result in termination which could reasonably be expected to
have a material adverse effect; or 

  

	 	(vi)	any withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan by an Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate or any action that might result in withdrawal which could reasonably be expected to have a material
adverse effect. 

  
 In each notice delivered under
this Clause 17.3, an Obligor will include reasonable details concerning the occurrence that is the subject of the notice as well as that Obligor’s proposed course of action, if any. Delivery of a notice under this Clause 17.3 will not affect an
Obligor’s obligations to comply with any other provision of this Agreement. 
  

	17.4	Notification of Default 

  
 Each Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon its occurrence. 
  

	17.5	Know your customer requirements 

  

	 	(A)	 Each Obligor must promptly on the request of any Finance Party supply to that Finance Party any documentation or other evidence which is reasonably requested by

  

 37 

	 	 
that Finance Party (whether for itself, on behalf of any Finance Party or any prospective new Bank) to enable a Finance Party or prospective new Bank to
carry out and be satisfied with the results of all know your customer requirements. 

  

	 	(B)	Each Bank must promptly on the request of the Agent supply to the Agent any documentation or other evidence which is reasonably required by the Agent to carry out and be satisfied
with the results of all know your customer requirements. 

  

	17.6	Compliance certificates 

  
 The Company shall supply to the Agent:- 
  

	 	(A)	together with the accounts specified in Clause 17.2 (Financial information); and 

  

	 	(B)	promptly at any other time, if the Agent (acting reasonably) so requests, 

  
 a certificate signed by two of its senior officers on its behalf certifying that: 
  

	 	(i)	no Default is outstanding or, if a Default is outstanding, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it; and 

  

	 	(ii)	except as disclosed in writing to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement, no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings are current which are likely to be
adversely determined on or before the Final Repayment Date and which could, if adversely determined, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect. 

  

	17.7	Authorisations 

  
 Each Obligor shall promptly:- 
  

	 	(A)	obtain, maintain and comply with the terms of; and 

  

	 	(B)	supply certified copies to the Agent of, 

  
 any authorisation required under any law or regulation to enable it to perform its obligations under, or for the validity or enforceability of, any
Finance Document. 
  

	17.8	Pari passu ranking 

  
 Each Obligor shall procure that its obligations under the Finance Documents do and will rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future
unsecured obligations, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally. 
  

	17.9	Negative pledge 

  

	 	(A)	 No Obligor shall, and the Company shall procure that no other member of the Group will, create or permit to subsist any Security Interest on any of its assets
unless the Company shall, or shall procure that, such Security Interest (or any other Security Interest which the Majority Banks consider equivalent thereto) is, prior to its creation 

  

 38 

	 	 
or at the same time, extended equally and rateably to the obligations of the Obligors under the Finance Documents to the Finance Parties.

  

	 	(B)	Paragraph (A) does not apply to: 

  

	 	(i)	any Security Interest in favour of the Finance Parties under a Finance Document; or 

  

	 	(ii)	any Permitted Security Interest. 

  

	17.10 	Transactions similar to security 

  
 No Obligor shall, and the Company shall procure that no other member of the Group will:- 
  

	 	(a)	sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby it is or may be leased to or re-acquired or acquired by a member of the Group or any of its related
entities; or 

  

	 	(b)	sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms, except for the discounting of bills or notes in the ordinary course of trading,

  
 in circumstances where the transaction is
entered into primarily as a method of raising finance or of financing the acquisition of an asset, except that any such transactions may be entered into where the aggregate of the proceeds received from a sale, transfer or disposal under (a) above
plus the aggregate recourse to a member of the Group under a transaction under (b) above (in each case insofar as the transactions remain outstanding) do not exceed five per cent. of Tangible Consolidated Net Worth less the aggregate principal
amount secured by Security Interests which are permitted under Clause 17.9(B) (Negative pledge) by virtue of falling within paragraph (l) of the definition of Permitted Security Interest. 
  

	17.11 	Disposals 

  

	 	(A)	No Obligor shall, and the Company shall procure that no other member of the Group will, either in a single transaction or in a series of transactions, whether related or not and
whether voluntarily or involuntarily, sell, transfer, grant or lease or otherwise dispose of all or any substantial part of its assets. 

  

	 	(B)	Paragraph (A) does not apply to:- 

  

	 	(i)	disposals made in the ordinary course of business of the disposing entity; 

  

	 	(ii)	disposals of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality; 

  

	 	(iii)	disposals between members of the Group (provided that any such disposal by an Obligor or a Relevant Subsidiary may only be made to a Subsidiary of which an Obligor has direct or
indirect control or owns directly or indirectly more than 75 per cent. of its share capital or similar right of ownership); 

  

 39 

	 	(iv)	the disposal of the proceeds of an issue of shares or loan capital for the purpose for which such issue is intended; 

  

	 	(v)	the disposal of an asset on arm’s length terms at market value; or 

  

	 	(vi)	any other disposal made with the prior approval of the Majority Banks. 

  

	17.12 	Change of business 

  
 The Company shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature or scope of the business of the Company or the Group from that carried
on at the date of this Agreement other than any transaction giving rise to a mandatory prepayment under Clause 7.3 (Mandatory Prepayment). 
  

	17.13 	Insurance 

  
 The Company will, and will procure that each other Relevant Subsidiary will, effect and maintain such insurance over and in respect of its respective
assets and business and in such manner (including, for the avoidance of doubt, self insurance) and to such extent as is reasonable (taking into account the cost of such insurance) and customary for a business enterprise engaged in the same or a
similar business and in the same or similar localities. 
  

	17.14 	Financial Indebtedness 

  
 The Company shall procure that the aggregate Financial Indebtedness owed by all of its Subsidiaries (other than under the Finance Documents) does not
exceed £200,000,000 excluding: 
  

	 	(A)	any Financial Indebtedness owed by a member of the Group to any other member of the Group; 

  

	 	(B)	any Financial Indebtedness of a Guarantor (other than the Company); and 

  

	 	(C)	any Financial Indebtedness of any person which becomes a Subsidiary of the Company after the date of this Agreement provided that the amount of such Financial Indebtedness does not
increase thereafter. 

  

	17.15 	Financial covenants 

  

	 	(A)	In this Clause 17.15:- 

  
 “Balance Sheet” means, at any time, the latest published audited consolidated balance sheet of the Group. 
  
 “EBITDA” means in respect of any Relevant Period, Operating
Profit plus depreciation of fixed assets plus amortisation of goodwill, but after: 
  

	 	(i)	excluding amounts relating to a member of the Group which was sold during the Relevant Period; and 

  

 40 

	 	(ii)	including amounts relating to a member of the Group acquired during a Relevant Period for that part of the Relevant Period when it was not a member of the Group.

  
 “Interest Payable”
means all interest, acceptance commission and all other continuing, regular or periodic costs, charges and expenses in the nature of interest (whether paid, payable or capitalised) incurred by the Group during a Relevant Period (excluding
interest payable in respect of Financial Indebtedness owed by a member of the Group to any other member of the Group). 
  
 “Interest Receivable” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, all interest, all continuing, regular or periodic costs, charges and
expenses in the nature of interest (whether paid or payable or capitalised) incurred by the Group and other similar income receivable by members of the Group for that period (excluding interest payable in respect of Financial Indebtedness owed by a
member of the Group to any other member of the Group). 
  
 “Net Interest Payable” means Interest Payable for a Relevant Period after deducting Interest Receivable for that period. 
  
 “Operating Profit” means the consolidated profit on ordinary activities (before exceptional items and Tax) (after adding back Net
Interest Payable) of the Group for a Relevant Period. 
  
 “Total Consolidated Borrowings” means at any time the aggregate (without double counting) of the following:- 
  

	 	(i)	the outstanding principal amount of any moneys borrowed by any member of the Group and any outstanding overdraft debit balance of any member of the Group; 

 

	 	(ii)	the outstanding principal amount of any debenture, bond, note, loan stock or other security of any member of the Group (except that in relation to any deep discount bonds and deep
gain securities only the amount that could be demanded upon acceleration as at the date of the relevant calculation shall be taken into account); 

  

	 	(iii)	the outstanding principal amount of any acceptance under any acceptance credit opened by a bank or other financial institution in favour of any member of the Group;

  

	 	(iv)	receivables sold or discounted (other than on a non-recourse basis); 

  

	 	(v)	the outstanding principal amount of any indebtedness of any member of the Group arising from any advance or deferred payment agreements arranged primarily as a method of raising
finance or financing the acquisition of an asset; 

  

 41 

	 	(vi)	the capitalised element of indebtedness of any member of the Group in respect of a lease entered into primarily as a method of raising finance or financing the acquisition of the
asset leased; 

  

	 	(vii)	any fixed or minimum premium payable on the final repayment or final redemption of any instrument referred to in sub-paragraph (ii) above; and 

  

	 	(viii)	the outstanding principal amount of any indebtedness of any person of a type referred to in sub-paragraphs (i)—(vii) above which is the subject of a guarantee, indemnity or
similar assurance against financial loss by any member of the Group. 

  
 Any amount outstanding in a currency other than Sterling is to be taken into account at its Sterling equivalent calculated on the basis of the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the day the relevant amount falls to
be calculated. 
  
 “Total Consolidated Net
Borrowings” means at any time Total Consolidated Borrowings less cash in hand or at bank and bonds, notes and commercial paper owned by the Group with a maturity of not more than 12 months and rated at least A-1 by Standard and Poor’s
Rating Services, Inc or at least P-1 by Moody’s Investor Services (or an equivalent rating of another agency which the Agent reasonably determines to be comparable) in each case legally and beneficially owned by a member of the Group free of
Security Interests and to which that member of the Group then has free and unrestricted direct access and which is then freely remittable to the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant member of the Group. 
  

			
	 (B)
	 	 (i)       All the terms used in paragraph (A) above are subject to paragraph (C) below to be calculated
in accordance with the accounting standards and principles applied in connection with the Original Group Accounts.

		
	 	 	 (ii)      If there is a dispute as to any interpretation of or computation for paragraph (A) above, the
interpretation or computation of the Group’s auditors prevails.

  
  

	 	(C)	For the purposes of these calculations pursuant to this Clause 17.15, all changes in accounting principles, standards and practices generally accepted in the United Kingdom since
31st December, 2002 shall be ignored. 

  

	 	(D)	The Company shall provide the Agent with a reconciliation showing the effect of any changes in accounting principles that have not been taken into account in the preparation of the
calculations required under this Clause 17.15. 

  

	 	(E)	The Company shall procure that:- 

  

	 	(i)	the ratio of Total Consolidated Net Borrowings as at the end of any Relevant Period to EBITDA for such Relevant Period does not exceed 2.5 to 1; and 

  

	 	(ii)	the ratio of Operating Profit to Net Interest Payable for a Relevant Period is not less than 3 to 1. 

  

 42 

	18.	DEFAULT 

  

	18.1	Events of Default 

  
 Each of the events set out in Clauses 18.2 (Non-payment) to 18.16 (ERISA) (inclusive) is an Event of Default (whether or not caused by any reason
whatsoever outside the control of any Obligor or any other person). 
  

	18.2	Non-payment 

  
 An Obligor does not pay any amount due and payable by it under the Finance Documents within 3 Business Days of its due date at the place at and in the
currency in which it is expressed to be payable. 
  

	18.3	Breach of other obligations 

  

	 	(A)	The Company does not comply with any provision of Clause 17.15 (Financial covenants) of this Agreement; or 

  

	 	(B)	An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in paragraph (A) above and Clause 18.2 (Non-payment)) and such failure, if it is
capable of remedy, is not remedied within 30 days of the earlier of the Agent giving notice to an Obligor or the Company first becoming aware of such failure. 

  

	18.4	Misrepresentation 

  
 A representation, warranty or statement made or repeated in or in connection with any Finance Document or in any document delivered by or on behalf of any
Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to be made or repeated. 
  

	18.5	Cross-default 

  

	 	(A)	Any Financial Indebtedness of a member of the Group is not paid when due; or 

  

	 	(B)	an event of default, howsoever described, occurs and is continuing unremedied and unwaived under any document relating to Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group; or

  

	 	(C)	any Financial Indebtedness of a member of the Group becomes prematurely due and payable or is placed on demand as a result of an event of default (howsoever described) under the
document relating to that Financial Indebtedness; or 

  

	 	(D)	any commitment for, or underwriting of, any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is cancelled or suspended as a result of an event of default (howsoever described)
under the document relating to that Financial Indebtedness, 

  
 unless the aggregate of the Financial Indebtedness referred to in paragraphs (A) to (D) (inclusive) above does not exceed £10,000,000 (or the equivalent thereof in one or more 

  

 43 

 
other currencies). For the purposes of paragraph (B) to (D) (inclusive) above, without prejudice to Clause 7.3 (Mandatory prepayment), an event of default
does not include any provision relating to change of ownership of the Company. 
  

	18.6	Insolvency 

  

	 	(A)	Any Obligor or Relevant Subsidiary is or is deemed for the purposes of either section 123(1)(e) or 123(2) of the Insolvency Act 1986 to be unable to pay its debts as they fall due
or to be insolvent, or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due; or 

  

	 	(B)	Any Obligor or Relevant Subsidiary suspends making payments on all or any class of its debts or announces an intention to do so, or a moratorium is declared in respect of any of its
indebtedness unless the aggregate of the Financial Indebtedness of all members of the Group does not exceed £10,000,000; or 

  

	 	(C)	Any Obligor or Relevant Subsidiary by reason of financial difficulties, begins negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to the readjustment or rescheduling of any
of its indebtedness, 

  
 except, in the case of
each of paragraphs (A) to (C) (inclusive) above, for a members’ solvent voluntary winding-up of any Relevant Subsidiary (other than an Obligor) or, in the case of an Obligor, for a members’ solvent voluntary winding-up on terms approved in
advance by the Majority Banks. 
  

	18.7	Insolvency proceedings 

  

	 	(A)	Any step (including petition, proposal or convening a meeting) is taken with a view to a moratorium or a composition, assignment or arrangement with any class of creditors of any
Obligor or Relevant Subsidiary; or 

  

	 	(B)	a meeting of any Obligor or Relevant Subsidiary is convened for the purpose of considering any resolution for (or to petition for or to file documents with a court for) its
winding-up or for its administration or any such resolution is passed; or 

  

	 	(C)	any person presents a petition, or files documents with a court, for the winding-up or for the administration of any Obligor or Relevant Subsidiary unless in the case of a
winding-up petition, such petition is withdrawn or discharged within 14 days of presentation; or 

  

	 	(D)	any order for the winding-up or administration of any Obligor or Relevant Subsidiary is made; or 

  

	 	(E)	any other step (including petition, proposal or convening a meeting) is taken with a view to the rehabilitation, administration, custodianship, liquidation, winding-up or
dissolution of any Relevant Subsidiary or any other insolvency proceedings involving any Obligor or Relevant Subsidiary, 

  
 except, in the case of each of paragraphs (A) to (E) (inclusive) above, for a members’ solvent voluntary winding-up of a Relevant Subsidiary (other
than an Obligor) or, in the case of an 

  

 44 

 
Obligor, for a members’ solvent voluntary winding-up on terms approved in advance by the Majority Banks in connection with a re-organisation of the
Group. 
  

	18.8	Appointment of receivers and managers 

	 	(A)	Any liquidator, trustee in bankruptcy, judicial custodian, compulsory manager, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or the like is appointed in respect of any Obligor or
Relevant Subsidiary or any part of its assets (or, in relation to the appointment of a receiver in respect of a Relevant Subsidiary which is not an Obligor, any material part of its assets); or 

  

	 	(B)	the directors or shareholders of any Obligor or Relevant Subsidiary requests the appointment of, or give notice of their intention to appoint, a liquidator, trustee in bankruptcy,
judicial custodian, compulsory manager, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or the like; or 

  

	 	(C)	any other steps are taken to enforce any Security Interest over any material part of the assets of any Obligor or Relevant Subsidiary. 

  

	18.9	Creditors’ process 

  
 Any attachment, sequestration, distress or execution affects any material part of the assets of any Obligor or Relevant Subsidiary and is not discharged
within 14 days. 
  

	18.10 	Analogous proceedings 

  
 There occurs, in relation to any Obligor or Relevant Subsidiary, any event anywhere which, in the opinion of the Majority Banks, corresponds with any of
those mentioned in Clauses 18.6 (Insolvency) to 18.9 (Creditors’ process) (inclusive). 
  

	18.11 	Cessation of business 

  
 An Obligor or a Relevant Subsidiary ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on all or a substantial part of its business otherwise than by reason of
having disposed of its assets or any part of its assets in accordance with Clause 17.11(B) (Disposals). 
  

	18.12 	Unlawfulness 

  
 It is or becomes unlawful for any Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any of the obligations of an Obligor hereunder
is not or ceases to be legal, valid and binding. 
  

	18.13 	Ownership of the Obligors 

  
 Any Obligor (other than the Company) is not or ceases to be a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company. 
  

 45 

	18.14 	Material adverse change 

  
 Any change occurs in the business, assets or financial condition of the Group (taken as a whole) which would be likely to have a material adverse effect
and the Company fails to remedy the relevant situation within 14 days of the earlier of: 
  

	 	(A)	becoming aware of the situation; and 

  

	 	(B)	receiving a notice from the Agent requiring that it so remedy the relevant situation. 

  

	18.15 	U.S. Bankruptcy Laws 

  

	 	(A)	Any Obligor commences a voluntary case or proceeding under the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, or under any other United States Federal or State bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law (collectively “U.S. Bankruptcy Laws”); or 

  

	 	(B)	an involuntary case under any U.S. Bankruptcy Law is commenced against any Obligor and the petition is not controverted within 30 days or is not dismissed or stayed within 90 days
after commencement of the case; or 

  

	 	(C)	a custodian, conservator, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official is appointed under any U.S. Bankruptcy Law for or takes charge of, all or
substantial part of the property of any Obligor. 

  

	18.16 	ERISA 

  

	 	(A)	Any event or condition that presents a material risk that any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate may incur a material liability to a Plan or to the United States Internal Revenue
Service or to the United States Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to the extent that this would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect; or 

  

	 	(B)	an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as that term is defined in section 412 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or section 302 of ERISA),
whether or not waived, by reason of the failure of any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate to make a contribution to a Plan to the extent that this would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect. 

  

	18.17 	Acceleration 

  
 On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default (and so long as the relevant Event of Default continues unremedied or unwaived) the Agent
may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Banks, by notice to the Company:- 
  

	 	(A)	cancel the Total Commitments; and/or 

  

	 	(B)	demand that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall
become immediately due and payable; and/or 

  

 46 

	 	(C)	demand that all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Banks.

  

	19.	THE AGENT 

  

	19.1	Appointment and duties of the Agent 

  

	 	(A)	Each Finance Party (other than the Agent) irrevocably appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents. 

  

	 	(B)	Each Party appointing the Agent irrevocably authorises the Agent on its behalf to: 

  

	 	(i)	perform the duties and to exercise the rights, powers and discretions that are specifically delegated to it under or in connection with the Finance Documents, together with any
other incidental rights, powers and discretions; and 

  

	 	(ii)	execute each Finance Document expressed to be executed by the Agent on that Party’s behalf. 

  

	 	(C)	The Agent shall have only those duties which are expressly specified in this Agreement. Those duties are solely of a mechanical and administrative nature. 

 

	19.2	Relationship 

  
 The relationship between the Agent and the other Finance Parties is that of agent and principal only. Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent as
trustee or fiduciary for any other Party or any other person and the Agent need not hold in trust any moneys paid to it for a Party or be liable to account for interest on those moneys. 
  

	19.3	Majority Banks’ instructions 

  

	 	(A)	The Agent will be fully protected if it acts in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Banks in connection with the exercise of any right, power or discretion or any
matter not expressly provided for in the Finance Documents. Any such instructions given by the Majority Banks will be binding on all the Banks. In the absence of such instructions the Agent may act as it considers to be in the best interests of all
the Banks. 

  

	 	(B)	The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Bank (without first obtaining that Bank’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.

  

	19.4	Delegation 

  
 The Agent may act under the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents. 
  

 47 

	19.5	Responsibility for documentation 

  
 The Agent is not responsible to any other Party for:- 
  

	 	(A)	the execution, genuineness, validity, enforceability or sufficiency of any Finance Document or any other document; 

  

	 	(B)	the collectability of amounts payable under any Finance Document; or 

  

	 	(C)	the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document. 

  

	19.6	Default 

  

	 	(A)	The Agent is not obliged to monitor or enquire as to whether or not a Default has occurred. The Agent will not be deemed to have knowledge of the occurrence of a Default. However,
if the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing the Default and stating that the event is a Default, it shall promptly notify the Banks. 

  

	 	(B)	The Agent may require the receipt of security satisfactory to it whether by way of payment in advance or otherwise, against any liability or loss which it will or may incur in
taking any proceedings or action arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document before it commences these proceedings or takes that action. 

  

	19.7	Exoneration 

  

	 	(A)	Without limiting paragraph (B) below, the Agent will not be liable to any other Party for any action taken or not taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document,
unless directly caused by its negligence or wilful misconduct. 

  

	 	(B)	No Party may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of
any kind (including negligence or wilful misconduct) by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document. Any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this sub-clause and enforce its terms under the Contracts (Rights of
Third Parties) Act 1999. 

  

					
			
	 (C)
	  	 (i)
	  	Nothing in this Agreement will oblige the Agent to satisfy any know your customer requirement in relation to the identity of any person on behalf of any Finance Party.
			
	 	  	(ii)	  	Each Finance Party confirms to the Agent that it is solely responsible for any know your customer requirements it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in
relation to those requirements made by any other person.

  

 48 

	19.8	Reliance 

  
 The Agent may:- 
  

	 	(A)	rely on any notice or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed by, or with the authority of, the proper person; 

  

	 	(B)	rely on any statement made by a director or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify;
and 

  

	 	(C)	engage, pay for and rely on legal or other professional advisers selected by it (including those in the Agent’s employment and those representing a Party other than the Agent).

  

	19.9	Credit approval and appraisal 

  
 Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Bank
confirms that it:- 
  

	 	(A)	has made its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in
this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Agent in connection with any Finance Document; and 

  

	 	(B)	will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities while any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance
Documents or any Commitment is in force. 

  

	19.10 Information	

  

	 	(A)	The Agent shall promptly forward to the person concerned the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent by a Party for that person. 

 

	 	(B)	The Agent shall promptly supply a Bank with a copy of each document received by the Agent under Clause 4 (Conditions precedent), 26.4 (Additional Borrowers) or 26.7 (Resignation of
an Additional Borrower) upon the request and at the expense of that Bank. 

  

	 	(C)	Except where this Agreement specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

  

	 	(D)	Except as provided above, the Agent has no duty:- 

  

	 	(i)	either initially or on a continuing basis to provide any Bank with any credit or other information concerning the financial condition or affairs of any Obligor or any related entity
of any Obligor whether coming into its possession or that of any of its related entities before, on or after the date of this Agreement; or 

  

 49 

	 	(ii)	unless specifically requested to do so by a Bank in accordance with a Finance Document, to request any certificates or other documents from any Obligor. 

  

	19.11 The	Agent individually 

  

	 	(A)	If it is also a Bank, the Agent has the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Bank and may exercise those rights and powers as though it were not the Agent.

  

	 	(B)	The Agent may:- 

  

	 	(i)	carry on any business with an Obligor or its related entities; 

  

	 	(ii)	act as agent or trustee for, or in relation to any financing involving, an Obligor or its related entities; and 

  

	 	(iii)	retain any profits or remuneration in connection with its activities under this Agreement or in relation to any of the foregoing. 

  

	 	(C)	In acting as the Agent, the agency division of the Agent will be treated as a separate entity from its other divisions and departments. Any information acquired by the Agent which,
in its opinion, is acquired by it otherwise than in its capacity as the Agent may be treated as confidential by the Agent and will not be deemed to be information possessed by the Agent in its capacity as such. 

  

	 	(D)	Each Obligor irrevocably authorises the Agent to disclose to the other Finance Parties any information which, in its opinion, is received by it in its capacity as the Agent.

  

	 	(E)	The Agent may deduct from any amount received by it for the Banks pro rata any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent incurred by it in connection with the Finance Documents.

  

	19.12 Indemnities	

  

	 	(A)	Without limiting the liability of any Obligor under the Finance Documents, each Bank shall forthwith on demand indemnify the Agent for that Bank’s proportion of any liability
or loss incurred by the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of its acting as the Agent, except to the extent that the liability or loss arises directly from the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct. 

  

	 	(B)	A Bank’s proportion of the liability or loss set out in paragraph (A) above is the proportion which the Original Sterling Amount of its participation in the Loans (if any)
bears to the Original Sterling Amount of all Loans outstanding on the date of the demand. However, if there are no Loans outstanding on the date of demand, then the proportion will be the proportion which its Commitment bears to the Total
Commitments at the date of demand or, if the Total Commitments have been cancelled, bore to the Total Commitments immediately before being cancelled. 

  

 50 

	19.13 Compliance	

  

	 	(A)	The Agent may refrain from doing anything which might, in its opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or be otherwise actionable at the suit of any person, and may do
anything which, in its opinion, is necessary or desirable to comply with any law or regulation of any jurisdiction. 

  

	 	(B)	Without limiting paragraph (A) above, the Agent need not disclose any information relating to any Obligor or any of its related entities if the disclosure might, in the opinion of
the Agent, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or any duty of secrecy or confidentiality or be otherwise actionable at the suit of any person. 

  

	19.14 Resignation	of Agent 

  

	 	(A)	Notwithstanding its irrevocable appointment, the Agent may resign by giving notice to the Banks and the Company, in which case the Agent may forthwith appoint one of its Affiliates
as successor Agent or, failing that, the Majority Banks may appoint a successor Agent. 

  

	 	(B)	If the appointment of a successor Agent is to be made by the Majority Banks but they have not, within 30 days after notice of resignation, appointed a successor Agent which accepts
the appointment, the retiring Agent may appoint a successor Agent. 

  

	 	(C)	The resignation of the retiring Agent and the appointment of any successor Agent will both become effective only upon the successor Agent notifying all the Parties that it accepts
the appointment. On giving the notification, the successor Agent will succeed to the position of the retiring Agent and the term “Agent” will mean the successor Agent. 

  

	 	(D)	The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request
for the purposes of performing its functions as the Agent under this Agreement. 

  

	 	(E)	Upon its resignation becoming effective, this Clause 19 shall continue to benefit the retiring Agent in respect of any action taken or not taken by it under or in connection with
the Finance Documents while it was the Agent, and, subject to paragraph (D) above, it shall have no further obligation under any Finance Document. 

  

	 	(F)	The Majority Banks may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (A) above. In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (A)
above but it shall not be entitled to appoint one of its Affiliates as successor Agent. 

  

	19.15 Banks	

  

	 	(A)	The Agent may treat each Bank as a Bank, entitled to payments under this Agreement and as acting through its Facility Office(s) until it has received not less than five Business
Days’ prior notice from the Bank to the contrary. 

  

	 	(B)	The Agent may at any time, and shall if requested to do so by the Majority Banks, convene a meeting of the Banks. 

  

 51 

	19.16 Extraordinary	management time and resources 

  
 The Company shall forthwith on demand pay the Agent for the cost of utilising its management time or other resources in connection with: 
  

	 	(A)	any amendment, waiver, consent or suspension of rights (or any proposal for any of the foregoing) requested by or on behalf of any Obligor and relating to a Finance Document or a
document referred to in any Finance Document; or 

  

	 	(B)	the occurrence of a Default; or 

  

	 	(C)	the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document. 

  
 Any amount payable to the Agent under this Clause will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates
as the Agent may notify to the Company, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under Clause 20 (Fees). 
  

	20.	FEES 

  

	20.1	Commitment fee 

  

	 	(A)	The Company shall pay to the Agent for each Bank a commitment fee in Sterling computed at the rate of 40 per cent. of the Margin per annum on the undrawn, uncancelled amount of that
Bank’s Commitment. For this purpose, Loans are taken at their Original Sterling Amount. 

  

	 	(B)	Accrued commitment fee is payable quarterly in arrear. Accrued commitment fee shall also be payable to the Agent for the relevant Bank on the cancelled amount of its Commitment at
the time the cancellation comes into effect. 

  

	20.2	Agent’s fee 

  
 The Original Borrower shall pay to the Agent for its own account an agency fee on the terms set out and agreed in the Agent’s Fee Letter. 

 

	20.3	Utilisation fee 

  

	 	(A)	Where the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding under the Facility exceeds 50 per cent. of the then applicable uncancelled Total Commitments, the Company shall pay to the
Agent for each Bank a utilisation fee in Sterling computed at the rate of 0.05 per cent. per annum on the daily amount of the aggregate Loans under the Facility. For this purpose, Loans are taken at their Original Sterling Amount.

  

	 	(B)	Accrued utilisation fee is payable quarterly in arrear. 

  

	20.4	Up-front fee 

  
 On the third Business Day after the date of this Agreement, the Original Borrower will pay to each Bank an up-front fee in Sterling computed at the rate
of 0.175 per cent. on each Bank’s respective Commitment. 
  

 52 

	20.5	VAT 

  
 Any fee referred to in this Clause 20 is exclusive of any value added tax or any other Tax which might be chargeable in connection with that fee. If any value added tax or other Tax is so chargeable, it shall be paid
by the Company at the same time as it pays the relevant fee. 
  

	21.	EXPENSES 

  

	21.1	Initial and special costs 

  
 The Company shall forthwith on demand pay the Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by it in connection with:-

  

	 	(A)	the negotiation, preparation, printing and execution of:- 

  

	 	(i)	this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and 

  

	 	(ii)	any other Finance Document (other than a Novation Certificate) executed after the date of this Agreement; and 

  

	 	(B)	any amendment, waiver, consent or suspension of rights (or any proposal for any of the foregoing) requested by or on behalf of an Obligor or in the case of Clause 2.4 (Change of
Currency), and relating to a Finance Document or a document referred to in any Finance Document. 

  

	21.2	Enforcement costs 

  
 The Company shall forthwith on demand pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by it in connection
with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document. 
  

	22.	STAMP DUTIES 

  
 The Company shall pay and forthwith on demand indemnify each Finance Party against any liability it incurs in respect of any stamp, registration and
similar Tax which is or becomes payable in connection with the entry into, performance or enforcement of any Finance Document. 
  

	23.	INDEMNITIES 

  

	23.1	Currency indemnity 

  

	 	(A)	If a Finance Party receives an amount in respect of an Obligor’s liability under the Finance Documents or if that liability is converted into a claim, proof, judgment or order
in a currency other than the currency (the “contractual currency”) in which the amount is expressed to be payable under the relevant Finance Document:- 

  

	 	(i)	that Obligor shall indemnify that Finance Party as an independent obligation against any loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion; 

 

 53 

	 	(ii)	if the amount received by that Finance Party, when converted into the contractual currency at a market rate in the usual course of its business, is less than the amount owed in the
contractual currency, the Obligor concerned shall forthwith on demand pay to that Finance Party an amount in the contractual currency equal to the deficit; and 

  

	 	(iii)	the Obligor concerned shall forthwith on demand pay to the Finance Party concerned any exchange costs and Taxes payable in connection with any such conversion.

  

	 	(B)	Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

  

	23.2	Other indemnities 

  
 The Company shall forthwith on demand indemnify each Finance Party against any loss or liability which that Finance Party incurs as a consequence of:-

  

	 	(A)	the occurrence of any Default; 

  

	 	(B)	a change in currency of a country or the operation of Clause 2.4 (change of Currency) Clause 18.17 (Acceleration) or Clause 29 (Pro rata sharing); 

  

	 	(C)	any payment of principal or an overdue amount being received from any source otherwise than on the last day of a relevant Term or Designated Term (as defined in Clause 8.4 (Default
interest)) relative to the amount so received; or 

  

	 	(D)	a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment or (other than by reason of negligence or default by that Finance Party) a Loan not being
effected after the Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) has delivered a Request for that Loan. 

  
 The Company’s liability in each case includes any loss of Margin or other loss or expense on account of funds borrowed, contracted for or utilised to
fund any amount payable under any Finance Document, any amount repaid or prepaid or any Loan. 
  

	24.	EVIDENCE AND CALCULATIONS 

  

	24.1	Accounts 

  
 Accounts maintained by a Finance Party in connection with this Agreement are, in the absence of proven error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which
they relate. 
  

	24.2	Certificates and determinations 

  
 Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under the Finance Documents is, in the absence of proven error, conclusive
evidence of the matters to which it relates. 
  

 54 

	24.3	Calculations 

  
 Interest (including any applicable Mandatory Cost) and the fees payable under Clause 20.1 (Commitment fee) and 20.3 (Utilisation fee) accrue from day to
day and are calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days, or, in the case of interest payable on an amount denominated in an Optional Currency or where market practice otherwise dictates, 360 days. 

 

	25.	AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS 

  

	25.1	Procedure 

  

	 	(A)	Subject to Clause 25.2 (Exceptions), any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived with the agreement of the Company and the Majority Banks. The Agent may effect, on
behalf of any Finance Party, an amendment or waiver permitted under this Clause. 

  

	 	(B)	The Agent shall promptly notify the other Parties of any amendment or waiver effected under paragraph (A) above, and any such amendment or waiver shall be binding on all the
Parties. 

  

	25.2	Exceptions 

  

	 	(A)	An amendment or waiver not agreed by a Bank and which relates to:- 

  

	 	(i)	the definition of “Majority Banks” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions); 

  

	 	(ii)	an extension of the date for, or a decrease in an amount or a change in the currency of, any payment to that Bank under the Finance Documents (including the Margin and any fees
payable under Clause 20.1 (Commitment fee) and 20.3 (Utilisation fee)); 

  

	 	(iii)	an increase in that Bank’s Commitment or the Total Commitments; 

  

	 	(iv)	the incorporation of additional borrowers and/or drawers otherwise than in accordance with Clause 26.4 (Additional Borrowers) or a change in the guarantee of either Guarantor;

  

	 	(v)	a term of a Finance Document which expressly requires the consent of that Bank; or 

  

	 	(vi)	Clause 2.3 (Nature of a Finance Party’s rights and obligations), Clause 26.2 (Transfers by Banks), Clause 29 (Pro rata sharing) or this Clause 25, 

  
 shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Banks. 
  

	 	(B)	An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights and/or obligations of the Agent may not be effected without the agreement of the Agent. 

  

 55 

	25.3	Waivers and remedies cumulative 

  
 The rights of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents:- 
  

	 	(A)	may be exercised as often as necessary; 

  

	 	(B)	are cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under the general law; and 

  

	 	(C)	may be waived only in writing and specifically. 

  
 Delay in exercising or non-exercise of any such right is not a waiver of that right. 
  

	26.	CHANGES TO THE PARTIES 

  

	26.1	Transfers by Obligors 

  
 No Obligor may assign, transfer, novate or dispose of any of, or any interest in, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents. 

 

	26.2	Transfers by Banks 

  

	 	(A)	A Bank (the “Existing Bank”) may, subject to paragraph (B) below, at any time assign, transfer or novate any of its Commitment and/or any of its rights and/or
obligations under this Agreement to another bank or financial institution of Investment Grade (the “New Bank”). 

  

	 	(B)	The prior consent of the Company is required for any such assignment, transfer or novation, unless the New Bank is another Bank or an Affiliate of a Bank. However, the prior consent
of the Company must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and will be deemed to have been given if, within five Business Days of receipt by the Company of an application for consent, it has not been expressly refused. 

  

	 	(C)	A transfer of obligations will be effective:- 

  

	 	(i)	only if either:- 

  

	 	(a)	the obligations are novated in accordance with Clause 26.3 (Procedure for novations); or 

  

	 	(b)	the New Bank confirms to the Agent and the Company that it undertakes to be bound by the terms of this Agreement as a Bank in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. On the
transfer becoming effective in this manner the Existing Bank shall be relieved of its obligations under this Agreement to the extent that they are transferred to the New Bank; and 

  

	 	(ii)	on performance by the Agent of all know your customer or other checks that it is required to carry out in relation to such assignment or transfer. The Agent is not obliged to
execute a Novation Certificate until it has completed all know your customer requirements to its satisfaction. 

  

 56 

	 	(D)	Nothing in this Agreement restricts the ability of a Bank to sub-contract an obligation if that Bank remains liable under this Agreement for that obligation.

  

	 	(E)	On each occasion an Existing Bank assigns, transfers or novates any of its Commitment and/or any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement, the New Bank shall, on the
date the assignment, transfer and/or novation takes effect, pay to the Agent for its own account a fee of £1,500. 

  

	 	(F)	An Existing Bank is not responsible to a New Bank for:- 

  

	 	(i)	the execution, genuineness, validity, enforceability or sufficiency of any Finance Document or any other document; 

  

	 	(ii)	the collectability of amounts payable under any Finance Document; or 

  

	 	(iii)	the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document. 

  

	 	(G)	Each New Bank confirms to the Existing Bank and the other Finance Parties that it:- 

  

	 	(i)	has made its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in
this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Bank in connection with any Finance Document; and 

  

	 	(ii)	will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities while any amount is or may be outstanding under this Agreement
or any Commitment is in force. 

  

	 	(H)	Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Bank to:- 

  

	 	(i)	accept a re-transfer from a New Bank of any of the rights and/or obligations assigned, transferred or novated under this Clause; or 

  

	 	(ii)	support any losses incurred by the New Bank by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under this Agreement or otherwise. 

  

	 	(I)	Any reference in this Agreement to a Bank includes a New Bank, but excludes a Bank if no amount is or may be owed to or by that Bank under this Agreement and its Commitment has been
cancelled or reduced to nil. 

  

	 	(J)	If any assignment, transfer or novation under this Clause will result at the time thereof in any Obligor becoming liable to pay any additional amount under Clause 11.1 (Gross-up) or
Clause 13.1 (Increased Costs) in excess of that which would have been payable to the Existing Bank, then that Obligor shall not be obliged to pay to the New Bank such excess amount. 

  

 57 

	26.3	Procedure for novations 

  

	 	(A)	A novation is effected if:- 

  

	 	(i)	the Existing Bank and the New Bank deliver to the Agent a duly completed certificate, substantially in the form of Part I of Schedule 5 (a “Novation Certificate”);
and 

  

	 	(ii)	the Agent executes it. 

  

	 	(B)	Each Party (other than the Existing Bank and the New Bank) irrevocably authorises the Agent to execute any duly completed Novation Certificate on its behalf.

  

	 	(C)	To the extent that they are expressed to be the subject of the novation in the Novation Certificate:- 

  

	 	(i)	the Existing Bank and the other Parties (the “existing Parties”) will be released from their obligations to each other (the “discharged
obligations”); 

  

	 	(ii)	the New Bank and the existing Parties will assume obligations towards each other which differ from the discharged obligations only insofar as they are owed to or assumed by the New
Bank instead of the Existing Bank; 

  

	 	(iii)	the rights of the Existing Bank against the existing Parties and vice versa (the “discharged rights”) will be cancelled; and 

  

	 	(iv)	the New Bank and the existing Parties will acquire rights against each other which differ from the discharged rights only insofar as they are exercisable by or against the New Bank
instead of the Existing Bank, 

  
 all on the date
of execution of the Novation Certificate by the Agent or, if later, the date specified in the Novation Certificate. 
  

	26.4	Additional Borrowers 

  

	 	(A)	Subject to Clause 17.5 (Know your customer requirements), if the Company wishes one of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries incorporated in England and Wales, the Republic of Ireland,
Jersey, Luxembourg, United States of America or, with the prior written approval of the Banks, a country that is a member of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development to become an Additional Borrower, then it shall deliver to the
Agent the documents listed in Part II of Schedule 2. 

  

	 	(B)	On delivery of a Borrower Accession Agreement, executed by the relevant Subsidiary and the Company, the Subsidiary concerned will become an Additional Borrower. However, it may not
submit a Request until the Agent confirms to the other Finance Parties and the Company that it has received all the documents referred to in paragraph (A) above in form and substance satisfactory to it (including all documents required under Clause
17.5 (Know your customer requirements). 

  

	 	(C)	 Delivery of a Borrower Accession Agreement, executed by the Subsidiary and the Company, constitutes confirmation by that Subsidiary and the Company that the
representations and warranties set out in Clause 16 (Representations and warranties) 

  

 58 

	 	 
and to be made by them on the date of the Borrower Accession Agreement are correct, as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

  

	26.5	Reference Banks 

  
 If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Bank, the Bank of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be one of the Banks, the Agent shall (in
consultation with the Company) appoint another Bank or an Affiliate of a Bank to replace that Reference Bank. 
  

	26.6	Register 

  
 The Agent shall keep a register of all the Parties and shall supply any other Party (at that Party’s expense) with a copy of the register on request.

  

	26.7	Resignation of an Additional Borrower 

  

	 	(A)	The Company may request that an Additional Borrower ceases to be an Additional Borrower by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter. 

  

	 	(B)	The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Banks of its acceptance if: 

  

	 	(i)	no Default is continuing or will result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and the Company has confirmed this is the case); and 

  

	 	(ii)	the Additional Borrower is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower under any Finance Documents, 

  
 whereupon that company shall cease to be an Additional Borrower and shall
have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents. 
  

	27.	DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION 

  
 A Bank may disclose to one of its Affiliates or any person with whom it is proposing to enter, or has entered into, any kind of transfer, participation or
other agreement in relation to this Agreement:- 
  

	 	(A)	a copy of any Finance Document; and 

  

	 	(B)	any information which that Bank has acquired under or in connection with any Finance Document, 

  
 provided that a Bank has first obtained an appropriate confidentiality undertaking in a form approved by the Company, such
approval not to be unreasonably withheld, from the recipient of such information. The Company confirms that it approves the LMA form of confidentiality undertaking. 
  

 59 

	28.	SET-OFF 

  
 A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation owed by an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party)
against any obligation (whether or not matured) owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may
convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off. If either obligation is unliquidated or unascertained, the Finance Party may set off in an amount estimated by it in good faith to
be the amount of that obligation. A Finance Party shall not be obliged to exercise any right given to it by this Clause 28. 
  

	29.	PRO RATA SHARING 

  

	29.1	Redistribution 

  
 If any amount owing by an Obligor under this Agreement to a Finance Party (the “recovering Finance Party”) is discharged by payment,
set-off or any other manner other than through the Agent in accordance with Clause 12 (Payments) (a “recovery”), then:- 
  

	 	(A)	the recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the recovery to the Agent; 

  

	 	(B)	the Agent shall determine whether the recovery is in excess of the amount which the recovering Finance Party would have received had the recovery been received by the Agent and
distributed in accordance with Clause 10 (Payments); 

  

	 	(C)	subject to Clause 29.3 (Exceptions), the recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the
“redistribution”) equal to the excess; 

  

	 	(D)	the Agent shall treat the redistribution as if it were a payment by the Obligor concerned under Clause 10 (Payments) and shall pay the redistribution to the Finance Parties (other
than the recovering Finance Party) in accordance with Clause 10.7 (Partial payments); and 

  

	 	(E)	after payment of the full redistribution, the recovering Finance Party will be subrogated to the portion of the claims paid under paragraph (D) above, and that Obligor will owe the
recovering Finance Party a debt which is equal to the redistribution, immediately payable and of the type originally discharged. 

  

	29.2	Reversal of redistribution 

  
 If under Clause 29.1 (Redistribution):- 
  

	 	(A)	a recovering Finance Party must subsequently return a recovery, or an amount measured by reference to a recovery, to an Obligor; and 

  

	 	(B)	 the recovering Finance Party has paid a redistribution in relation to that recovery, 

  

 60 

	 	 
each Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the recovering Finance Party through the Agent, reimburse the recovering Finance Party all
or the appropriate portion of the redistribution paid to that Finance Party together with interest on the amount to be returned to the recovering Finance Party for the period whilst it held the re-distribution. Thereupon the subrogation in Clause
29.1(E) (Redistribution) will operate in reverse to the extent of the reimbursement. 

  

	29.3	Exceptions 

  

	 	(A)	A recovering Finance Party need not pay a redistribution to the extent that it would not, after the payment, have a valid claim against the Obligor concerned in the amount of the
redistribution pursuant to Clause 29.1(E) (Redistribution). 

  

	 	(B)	A recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal
proceedings, if the other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal proceedings but did not do so or did not take separate legal proceedings. 

  

	30.	SEVERABILITY 

  
 If a provision of any Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, that shall not affect:- 
  

	 	(A)	the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other provision of the Finance Documents; or 

  

	 	(B)	the legality, validity or enforceability in other jurisdictions of that or any other provision of the Finance Documents. 

  

	31.	COUNTERPARTS 

  
 Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a
single copy of the Finance Document. 
  

	32.	NOTICES 

  

	32.1	Giving of notices 

  
 All notices or other communications under or in connection with this Agreement shall be given in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by
letter or facsimile. Any such notice will be deemed to be given as follows:- 
  

	 	(A)	if by letter, when delivered personally or on actual receipt; and 

  

	 	(B)	if by facsimile, when received in legible form. 

  

 61 

 However, a notice given in accordance with the above but received on a non-working day or after business
hours in the place of receipt will only be deemed to be given on the next working day in that place. 
  

	32.2	Addresses for notices 

  

	 	(A)	The address and facsimile number of each Party (other than the Company, the Original Borrower and the Agent) for all notices under or in connection with the Finance Documents are:-

  

	 	(i)	those notified by that Party for this purpose to the Agent on or before it becomes a Party; or 

  

	 	(ii)	any other notified by that Party for this purpose to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice. 

  

	 	(B)	The address and facsimile number of the Company are:- 

  

			
	 Address:
	  	East Putney House
	 	  	84 Upper Richmond Road
	 	  	London SW15 2ST
		
	 Fax:
	  	020 8877 9700
		
	 For the attention of:
	  	Director of Finance with a copy to the Company Secretary

  
 or such other address
and/or facsimile number as the Company may notify to the other Parties by not less than five Business Days’ notice. 
  

	 	(C)	The address and facsimile number of the Original Borrower are: 

  

			
	 Address:
	  	East Putney House
	 	  	84 Upper Richmond Road
	 	  	London SW15 2ST
		
	 Fax:
	  	020 8877 9700
		
	 For the attention of:
	  	Director of Finance with a copy to the Company Secretary

  
 or such other address
and/or facsimile number as the Original Borrower may notify to the other Parties by not less than five Business Days’ notice. 
  

 62 

	 	(D)	The address and facsimile number of the Agent are:- 

  

			
	 Address:
	  	21⁄2 Devonshire Square
	 	  	London EC2M 4BB
	 	  	Attention: LoansAdministration / LAU
		
	 Fax:
	  	020 7615 7673

  
 or such other address
and/or facsimile number as the Agent may notify to the other Parties by not less than five Business Days’ notice. 
  

	 	(E)	All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent. 

  

	 	(F)	The Agent shall, promptly upon request from any Party, give to that Party the address or facsimile number of any other Party applicable at the time for the purposes of this Clause.

  

	32.3	Electronic communication 

  

	(a)	Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Bank under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent
and the relevant Bank: 

  

	 	(i)	agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication; 

  

	 	(ii)	notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

  

	 	(iii)	notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them. 

  

	(b)	Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Bank will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by
a Bank to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose. 

  

	33.	LANGUAGE 

  

	 	(A)	Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be in English. 

  

	 	(B)	All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be:- 

  

	 	(i)	in English; or 

  

	 	(ii)	if not in English, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation shall prevail unless the document is a statutory or other official
document. 

  

 63 

	34.	JURISDICTION 

  

	34.1	Submission 

  

	 	(A)	For the benefit of each Finance Party, each Obligor agrees that the courts of England have jurisdiction to settle any disputes in connection with any Finance Document and
accordingly submits to the jurisdiction of the English courts. 

  

	 	(B)	Without prejudice to paragraph (A) above and for the benefit of each Finance Party, each U.S. Borrower agrees that any New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law,
Federal court, sitting in New York City has jurisdiction to settle any disputes in connection with this Agreement and accordingly submits to the jurisdiction of those courts. 

  

	34.2	Service of process 

  
 Without prejudice to any other mode of service, each Obligor: 
  

						
	 (A)
	  	(i	)	 	(other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales) irrevocably appoints the Company as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in
connection with any Finance Document;
			
	 	  	(ii	)	 	(other than a Borrower incorporated in the State of New York) irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before any courts
located in the State of New York in connection with this Agreement;
			
	 	  	(iii	)	 	agrees (as appropriate) to maintain an agent for service of process in England and/or in the State of New York until all Commitments have terminated and the Loans and all other amounts
payable under the Finance Documents have been finally, irrevocable and indefeasibly repaid in full;
			
	 	  	(iv	)	 	agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned;
			
	 	  	(v	)	 	agrees that if the appointment of any person mentioned in sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) above ceases to be effective, it shall immediately appoint a further person in England or in the State of
New York, as appropriate, to accept service of process on its behalf in England or in the State of New York, as appropriate, and, if it does not appoint a process agent within 15 days, the Agent is entitled and authorised to appoint a process agent
for that Obligor by notice to that Obligor; and
		
	 (B)
	  	consents to the service of process relating to any proceedings before the English or New York courts by prepaid
posting of a copy of the process to its address for the time being
applying under Clause 32.2 (Addresses for notices).

  

 64 

	34.3	Forum conveniens and enforcement abroad 

  

	 	(A)	Each Obligor:- 

  

	 	(i)	waives objection to the courts to whose jurisdiction it has submitted under this Agreement on grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise as regards proceedings in connection with a
Finance Document; and 

  

	 	(ii)	agrees that any such judgment or order in connection with a Finance Document is conclusive and binding on it and may be enforced against it in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

  

	 	(B)	The Company agrees that any judgment or order against any Foreign Borrower in the New York state or federal court in connection with a Finance Document will be treated by it as
conclusive and binding as regards any claim which may be made against it in its capacity as guarantor of such Foreign Borrower. 

  

	34.4	Non-exclusivity 

  
 Nothing in this Clause 34 limits the right of a Finance Party to bring proceedings against an Obligor in connection with any Finance Document:-

  

	 	(A)	in any other court of competent jurisdiction; or 

  

	 	(B)	concurrently in more than one jurisdiction. 

  

	35.	WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 

  
 THE OBLIGORS AND THE FINANCE PARTIES WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED ON OR ARISING FROM THIS
AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. In the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court. 
  

	36.	GOVERNING LAW 

  
 This Agreement is governed by English law. 
  
 This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement. 
  

 65 

 SCHEDULE 1 
  

BANKS AND COMMITMENTS 
  

			
	 Banks

	  	 Commitment
 £

	 BNP Paribas London Branch
	  	50,000,000
	 Citibank, N.A.
	  	50,000,000
	 Dresdner Bank AG London Branch
	  	50,000,000
	 HSBC Bank plc
	  	50,000,000
	 The Royal Bank of Scotland plc
	  	50,000,000
	 JP Morgan Chase Bank
	  	50,000,000
	 SunTrust Bank
	  	50,000,000
	 The Governor & Company of the Bank of Ireland
	  	50,000,000
	 	  	

	 Total Commitments
	  	400,000,000
	 	  	

  

 66 

 SCHEDULE 2 
 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS 
  
 PART I 
  
 TO BE DELIVERED BEFORE THE FIRST
DRAWDOWN 
  

	1.	All Borrowers 

  
 A copy of the memorandum and articles of association and certificate of incorporation of each Borrower. 
  

	2.	Company 

  

	 	(A)	A copy of a resolution of the board of directors or a copy of a resolution of a committee or sub-committee of the board of directors (if any) of the Company:-

  

	 	(i)	approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement and resolving that the Company execute this Agreement; and 

  

	 	(ii)	authorising a specified person or persons to execute this Agreement on its behalf; 

  

	 	(iii)	authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with
this Agreement; 

  

	 	(B)	If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Company establishing the committee or sub-committee referred to in paragraph (A) above.

  

	 	(C)	a specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (A) above; 

  

	 	(D)	a certificate of a director of the Company confirming that the borrowing of the Total Commitments in full would not cause any borrowing or guaranteeing limit binding on any Obligor
to be exceeded; and 

  

	 	(E)	a certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company certifying that each copy document specified in Part I of this Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect
as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement. 

  

	3.	Original Borrower 

  

	 	(A)	A copy of a resolution of the board of directors and a copy of a resolution of a committee or sub-committee of the board of directors (if any) of the Original Borrower:-

  

	 	(i)	approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement and resolving that it execute this Agreement and the Agent’s Fee Letter; 

 

 67 

	 	(ii)	authorising a specified person or persons to execute this Agreement and the Agent’s Fee Letter on its behalf; and 

  

	 	(iii)	authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, and to sign and/or despatch all other documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection
with this Agreement. 

  

	 	(B)	If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Original Borrower establishing the committee or sub-committee referred to in paragraph (A) above.

  

	 	(C)	A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of issued or allotted shares in the Original Borrower approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement.

  

	 	(D)	A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolutions referred to in paragraph (A) and (C) above. 

  

	4.	Other documents 

  

	 	(A)	Evidence that the process agents referred to in Clause 34.2 (Service of process) have accepted their appointments under that Clause. 

  

	 	(B)	Evidence of the issue of a notice of cancellation of the Existing Facility. 

  

	 	(C)	A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance
of, and the transactions contemplated by, any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document. 

  

	 	(D)	A copy of the Company’s and Original Borrower’s standard payment instructions. 

  

	5.	Legal opinion 

  

	 	(A)	A legal opinion of Allen & Overy, legal advisers to the Banks and the Agent, substantially in the form of Schedule 6, addressed to the Finance Parties. 

 

	 	(B)	A legal opinion of legal advisers to the Banks and the Agent in each jurisdiction of a Borrower (other than where it is incorporated in England and Wales) addressed to the Finance
Parties. 

  

	6.	Litigation 

  
 A list of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings in accordance with Clause 16.10 (Litigation). 
  

	7.	The Original Group Accounts 

  

 68 

 PART II 
  
 TO BE DELIVERED BY AN ADDITIONAL BORROWER 
  

	1.	A Borrower Accession Agreement, duly executed by the Additional Borrower and the Company. 

  

	2.	A copy of the memorandum and articles of association and certificate of incorporation of the Additional Borrower. 

  

	3.	A copy of a resolution of the board of directors or a committee or sub-committee of the board of directors (if any) of the Additional Borrower:- 

  

	 	(i)	approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Borrower Accession Agreement and resolving that it execute the Borrower Accession Agreement;

  

	 	(ii)	authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Borrower Accession Agreement on its behalf; and 

  

	 	(iii)	authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with
this Agreement. 

  

	4.	If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Borrower establishing the committee referred to in paragraph 3 above. 

  

	5.	A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 3 above. 

  

	6.	A certificate of a director of the Additional Borrower confirming that the borrowing of the Total Commitments in full would not cause any borrowing limit binding on it to be
exceeded. 

  

	7.	A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance
of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Borrower Accession Agreement or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document. 

  

	8.	If available, the latest audited accounts of the Additional Borrower. 

  

	9.	A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Borrower certifying that each copy document specified in Part II of this Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force
and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Borrower Accession Agreement. 

  

	10.	A copy of the Additional Borrower’s standard payment instructions. 

  

	11.	Evidence that the process agents referred to in Clause 34.2 (Service of process) have accepted their appointment under that Clause in respect of the Additional Borrower.

  

 69 

	12.	A legal opinion of Allen & Overy, legal advisers to the Banks and the Agent, addressed to the Finance Parties. 

  

	13.	A legal opinion of legal advisers to the Banks and the Agent in the jurisdiction of the Additional Borrower (where it is not incorporated in England and Wales), addressed to the
Finance Parties. 

  

 70 

 SCHEDULE 3 
 CALCULATION OF THE MANDATORY COST 
  

	(A)	General 

  
 The Mandatory Cost for a Loan for its Term is the rate determined by the Agent to be equal to the arithmetic mean (rounded upward, if necessary, to four
decimal places) of the respective rates notified by each of the Reference Banks to the Agent and calculated in accordance with the following provisions: 
  

	(B)	For a Reference Bank lending from a Facility Office in the UK 

  
 in relation to a Loan denominated in Sterling: 
  
 BY + S(Y-Z) + F x 0.01 % per annum 
  
 100-(B + S) 
  
 in relation to any other Loan: 
  
 F x 0.01 % per annum 
  
     300 
  
 where on the day of application of a formula: 
  

			
		
	 B
	  	is the percentage of the Reference Bank’s eligible liabilities (in excess of any stated minimum) which the Bank of England requires the Reference Bank to hold on a non-interest-bearing
deposit account in accordance with its cash ratio requirements;
		
	 Y
	  	is the percentage rate of LIBOR for the relevant Term or, where the Loan is denominated in euros, is EURIBOR for that Term;
		
	 S
	  	is the percentage of the Reference Bank’s eligible liabilities which the Bank of England requires the Reference Bank to place as an interest bearing special deposit;
		
	 Z
	  	is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England on interest bearing special deposits; and
		
	 F
	  	is the charge payable by the Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority for the acceptance of deposits pursuant to the Fees Rules (but, for this purpose calculated on a notional basis
as being the average of the fee tariffs within fee-block Category A1 (Deposit acceptors) of the Fees Rules, applying any applicable discount, and ignoring any minimum fee or zero-rated band under the Fees Rules) and expressed in pounds per £1
million of the tariff base of the Reference Bank.

  

	 	(i)	For the purposes of this Schedule 3: 

  

	 	(a)	 “eligible liabilities” and “special deposits” have the meanings given to them at the time of application of the formula by the
Bank of 

  

 71 

	 	 
England or under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 (as may be appropriate); 

  

	 	(b)	“Fees Rules” means the rules on periodic fees in the FSA Supervision Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the
payment of fees for accepting deposits; and 

  

	 	(c)	“tariff base” has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules. 

  

	 	(ii)	In the application of the formula, B, Y, S and Z are included in the formula as figures and not as percentages, e.g. if B = 0.5% and Y = 15%, BY is calculated as 0.5 x 15. A
negative result obtained from subtracting Z from Y shall be taken as zero. 

  

	 	(iii)	If a Reference Bank does not supply a rate to the Agent, the applicable Mandatory Cost will be determined on the basis of the rate(s) supplied by the remaining Reference Banks.

  

					
			
	        (iv)
	  	(a)	  	The formula is applied on the first day of the Term of that Loan.
			
	 	  	(b)	  	Each rate calculated in accordance with the formula is, if necessary, rounded upward to four decimal places.

  

	 	(v)	If the Agent determines that a change in circumstances has rendered, or will render, the formula inappropriate, the Agent (after consultation with the Company and the Banks) shall
notify the Company of the manner in which the Mandatory Cost will subsequently be calculated. The manner of calculation so notified by the Agent shall, in the absence of proven error, be binding on all the Parties. 

  

	(C)	For a Reference Bank lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State 

  
 The Mandatory Cost for any Reference Bank lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State will be the
percentage notified by that Reference Bank to the Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Reference Bank in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Reference Bank’s
participation in all Loans made from that Facility Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that Facility Office. 
  

 72 

 SCHEDULE 4 
 FORM OF REQUEST 
  
 To:
[            ] as Agent 
  
 From: [BORROWER] 
  
 Date:
[            ] 
  
 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC AND TOMKINS PLC - £400,000,000 Revolving Credit Agreement 
  
 Dated            , 2004 
  

	1.	We wish to utilise the Facility as follows:- 

  

	 	(a)	Drawdown Date: [            ] 

  

	 	(b)	Amount/Currency: [            ] 

  

	 	(c)	Term: [            ] 

  

	 	(d)	Payment instructions: [            ]. 

  

	2.	We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) is satisfied on the date of this Request. 

  
 By: 
  

[BORROWER] 
  
 Authorised Signatory 
  

 73 

 SCHEDULE 5 
 FORMS OF ACCESSION DOCUMENTS 
  
 PART I 
 NOVATION CERTIFICATE 
  

To: [                    ] as Agent 
  
 From: [THE EXISTING BANK] and [THE NEW BANK] 
  
 Date:
[                    ] 
  
 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC AND TOMKINS PLC - £400,000,000 Revolving Credit Agreement 
  
 Dated                     , 2004 
  
 We refer to Clause 26.3 (Procedure for novations). 
  

	1.	We [                    ] (the “Existing Bank”) and
[                    ] (the “New Bank”) agree to the Existing Bank and the New Bank novating all the Existing Bank’s Commitment
(or part), rights and obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 26.3 (Procedure for novations). 

  

	2.	The specified date for the purposes of Clause 26.3(C) (Procedure for novations) is [date of novation]. 

  

	3.	The Facility Office and address for notices of the New Bank for the purposes of Clause 32.2 (Addresses for notices) are set out in the Schedule. 

  

	4.	This Novation Certificate is governed by English law. 

  
 THE SCHEDULE 
  
 Commitment/rights and obligations to be novated 
  
 [insert relevant details]. 
  
 [New Bank]

  
 [Facility Office Address for notices] 
  

					
	 [Existing Bank]
	  	 [New Bank]
	 	 [Agent]

			
	 By:
	  	By:	 	By:
			
	Date:	  	Date:	 	Date:

  

 74 

 PART II 
  
 BORROWER ACCESSION AGREEMENT 
  
 To: [                    ] as Agent 
  
 From: [PROPOSED BORROWER], TOMKINS FINANCE PLC and TOMKINS PLC 
  
 Date:
[                        ] 
  
 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC AND TOMKINS PLC - £400,000,000 Credit Agreement 
  
 Dated                 , 2004 (the
“Credit Agreement”) 
  
 We refer to Clause 26.4 (Additional
Borrowers). 
  
 [Name of company] of [Registered Office] (Registered no.
[                    ]) (the “Proposed Borrower”) agrees to become an Additional Borrower and to be bound by the terms of the Credit
Agreement as an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 26.4 (Additional Borrowers). 
  
 The address for notices of the Proposed Borrower for the purposes of Clause 32.2 (Addresses for notices) is:- 
  
 [ 
                                        
                 ] 
  
 This Agreement is governed by English law. 
  

			
	 
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 [PROPOSED BORROWER]
 Authorised
Signatory

  

			
	 
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC
 Authorised
Signatory

			
	 
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 TOMKINS PLC
 Authorised
Signatory

  

 75 

 SCHEDULE 6 
 FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF ALLEN & OVERY 
  

	To:	The Finance Parties named as 

 original parties to the
Credit Agreement 
 (as defined below) 
  
 [                    ], 2004 
  
 Dear Sirs, 
  
 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC (the “Original Borrower”) and 
 TOMKINS PLC (the “Company”) - £400,000,000 Revolving Credit Agreement 
 Dated                     , 2004 (the “Credit Agreement”) 
  
 We have received instructions from and participated in discussions with
[                    ] in connection with the Credit Agreement. 
  
 Unless otherwise defined in this opinion, terms defined in the Credit Agreement have the same meaning in this opinion. 
  
 For the purposes of this opinion we have examined the following documents:- 
  

	(a)	a signed copy of the Credit Agreement; 

  

	(b)	a certified copy of the memorandum and articles of association and certificate of incorporation of the Company and the Original Borrower; 

  

	(c)	certified copies of the minutes of meetings of the board of directors of the Company and the Original Borrower held on
[            ] and [            ] respectively; 

  

	(d)	a certified copy of a resolution, signed by all the holders of the issued or allotted shares in the Original Borrower dated
[            ]; and 

  

	(e)	a certificate of the Company confirming, amongst other things, that the entry into and performance of the Finance Documents will not contravene any borrowing or guarantee limit.

  
 On
[            ], 2004, we carried out a search of the Company and the Original Borrower at the Companies Registry. On
[            ], 2004 we made a telephone search of the Company and the Original Borrower at the winding-up petitions at the Central Registry of Winding-Up Petitions. 
  
 The above are the only documents or records we have examined and the only searches and
enquiries we have carried out. 
  

 76 

 We assume that:- 
  

	(i)	neither the Company nor the Original Borrower is unable to pay its debts within the meaning of section 123 of the Insolvency Act, 1986 at the time it enters into the Credit
Agreement and will not, as a consequence of entering into the Credit Agreement, be unable to pay its debts within the meaning of that section; 

  

	(ii)	no step has been taken to wind up the Company or the Original Borrower, put either of the Company or the Original Borrower into administration or appoint a receiver, administrator,
administrative receiver, trustee in bankruptcy or similar officer in respect of it or any of its assets although the searches of the Central Registry of Winding-Up Petitions referred to above give no indication that any winding-up or administration
order or appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, trustee in bankruptcy or similar officer has been made; 

  

	(iii)	all signatures and documents are genuine; 

  

	(iv)	all documents are and remain up-to-date; 

  

	(v)	the correct procedure was carried out for the board meeting referred to in paragraph (c) above; for example, there was a valid quorum, all relevant interests of directors were
declared and the resolutions were duly passed at each of the meetings; 

  

	(vi)	any restrictions in the Company’s or the Original Borrower’s Articles of Association would not be contravened by the entry into and performance by the Company and the
Original Borrower of the Credit Agreement; 

  

	(vii)	the Credit Agreement has been duly executed on behalf of the Company and the Original Borrower by the persons authorised by the resolutions passed at the relevant meeting referred
to above; and 

  

	(viii)	the Credit Agreement is a legally binding, valid and enforceable obligation of each party to it other than the Company and the Original Borrower; and 

  

	(ix)	the guarantee contained in the Credit Agreement was given for the legitimate purposes of the Company and the Original Borrower and the giving of the guarantee may reasonably be
regarded as having been in the interests of the Company and in the interests of the Original Borrower. 

  
 We do not express any opinion as to, nor have we investigated the laws of any jurisdiction other than England. It is assumed that no foreign law would affect any of the
conclusions stated herein. 
  
 Subject to the qualifications set out below and to
any matters not disclosed to us, it is our opinion that, so far as the present laws of England are concerned:- 
  

	(1)	Status: Each of the Company and the Original Borrower is a company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of England and is not in liquidation.

  

 77 

	(2)	Powers and authority: Each of the Company and the Original Borrower has the corporate power to enter into and perform the Credit Agreement and has taken all necessary
corporate action to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Agreement. 

  

	(3)	Legal validity: The Credit Agreement constitutes the legally binding, valid and enforceable obligation of the Company and the Original Borrower. 

  

	(4)	Non-conflict: The execution, delivery and performance by the Company and the Original Borrower of the Credit Agreement will not violate any provision of (i) any existing
English law applicable to companies generally, or (ii) the memorandum or articles of association of the Company or, as the case may be, the Original Borrower. 

  

	(5)	Consents: No authorisations of governmental, judicial or public bodies or authorities in England are required by the Company or the Original Borrower in connection with the
performance, validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement. 

  

	(6)	Taxes: All payments due from the Company or the Original Borrower under the Credit Agreement may be made without deduction of any United Kingdom Taxes if, in the case of any
interest, the person that made the Loan to which the interest relates was, at the time of making the Loan, a “bank” as defined in section 840A of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 and the person beneficially entitled to the
interest is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects that interest at the time the interest is paid. 

  

	(7)	Registration requirements: It is not necessary or advisable to file, register or record the Credit Agreement in any public place or elsewhere in England.

  

	(8)	Stamp duties: No stamp, registration or similar Tax or charge is payable in England in respect of the Credit Agreement. 

  
 This opinion is subject to the following qualifications:- 
  

	(i)	This opinion is subject to all insolvency and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 

  

	(ii)	No opinion is expressed on matters of fact. 

  

	(iii)	We assume that no foreign law affects the conclusions stated above. 

  

	(iv)	The term “enforceable” means that a document is of a type and form enforced by the English courts. It does not mean that each obligation will be enforced in
accordance with its terms. Certain rights and obligations may be qualified by the non-conclusivity of certificates, doctrines of good faith and fair conduct, the availability of equitable remedies and other matters, but in our view these
qualifications would not defeat your legitimate expectations in any material respect. 

  
 This opinion is given for your sole benefit and may not be relied upon by or disclosed to any other person. 
  
 Yours faithfully 
  

 78 

 SCHEDULE 7 
 EXISTING SYNDICATED FACILITY 
  
 £400,000,000 multicurrency revolving credit agreement dated 8th April, 2002 between the Company, Lloyds TSB Bank PLC as agent and the various financial institutions listed in the agreement. 
  

 79 

 SCHEDULE 8 
 FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER 
  
 To:
[            ] as Agent 
  
 From: [RESIGNING ADDITIONAL BORROWER], TOMKINS FINANCE PLC and TOMKINS PLC 
  
 Date: [            ] 
  
 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC AND TOMKINS PLC - £400,000,000 Credit Agreement 
  
 Dated                     (the “Credit Agreement”) 
  

	1.	We refer to the Credit Agreement. This is a Resignation Letter. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement have the same meaning in this Resignation Letter unless given a different
meaning in this Resignation Letter. 

  

	2.	Pursuant to Clause 26.7 (Resignation of an Additional Borrower), we request that [resigning Additional Borrower] be released from its obligations as an Additional
Borrower under the Credit Agreement. 

  

	3.	We confirm that no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of this request. 

  
 This Resignation Letter is governed by English law. 
  

			
	 
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 [RESIGNING ADDITIONAL BORROWER]
 Authorised
Signatory

  

			
	 
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC
 Authorised
Signatory

  

			
	 
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 TOMKINS PLC
 Authorised
Signatory

  

 80 

 SIGNATORIES 
  

			
	ORIGINAL BORROWER
	
	TOMKINS FINANCE PLC
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 

  

			
	COMPANY
	
	TOMKINS PLC
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 

  

			
	BANKS
	
	AGENT
	
	THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 

  

			
	BNP PARIBAS LONDON BRANCH
	
	Address: 10 Harewood Avenue, London NW1 6AA
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 

  

			
	CITIBANK, N.A.
	
	Address: Citigroup Centre, 33 Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5LB
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 

  

			
	DRESDNER BANK AG LONDON BRANCH
	
	Address: P.O. Box 18075, Riverbank House, 2 Swan Lane, London EC4R 3UX
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 

  

			
	HSBC BANK PLC
	
	Address: 8 Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5HQ
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 

  

 81 

			
	THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC
	
	Address: Corporate & Institutional Banking, 8th Floor, 135 Bishopsgate, London, EC2M 3UR
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 

  

			
	JPMORGAN CHASE BANK
	
	Address: 125 London Wall, London EC2Y 5AJ
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 

  

			
	SUNTRUST BANK
	
	Address: 303 Peachtree Street, NE, Mail Code 1928, Atlanta, GA 30308, United States of America
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 

  

			
	THE GOVERNOR & COMPANY OF THE BANK OF IRELAND
	
	Address: Lower Baggot Street, Dublin 2, Ireland
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 

  

 82 

 DATED 9 February, 2004 
  
 TOMKINS FINANCE PLC 
  
 as borrower 
  
 - and - 
  
 TOMKINS PLC 
  
 as guarantor 
  
 - and - 
  
 THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC 
  
 as agent 
  
 - and - 
  
 The Financial Institutions 
 listed in Schedule 1 
  

  
 £400,000,000 
 MULTICURRENCY REVOLVING 
 CREDIT AGREEMENT 
  

  
 Slaughter and May 
 One Bunhill Row 
 London EC1Y 8YY

 For the Borrower 
  
 Allen & Overy 
 One New Change

 London EC4M 9QQ 
 For the Finance Parties 
  
 CD040120079 

 

 CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

			
	1.	  	 INTERPRETATION
	  	1
			
	2.	  	 THE FACILITY
	  	13
			
	3.	  	 PURPOSE
	  	14
			
	4.	  	 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
	  	14
			
	5.	  	 DRAWDOWN
	  	15
			
	6.	  	 REPAYMENT
	  	16
			
	7.	  	 PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
	  	16
			
	8.	  	 INTEREST
	  	18
			
	9.	  	 OPTIONAL CURRENCIES
	  	19
			
	10.	  	 PAYMENTS
	  	20
			
	11.	  	 TAXES
	  	22
			
	12.	  	 MARKET DISRUPTION
	  	25
			
	13.	  	 INCREASED COSTS
	  	26
			
	14.	  	 ILLEGALITY AND MITIGATION
	  	28
			
	15.	  	 GUARANTEE
	  	28
			
	16.	  	 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
	  	31
			
	17.	  	 UNDERTAKINGS
	  	36
			
	18.	  	 DEFAULT
	  	43
			
	19.	  	 THE AGENT
	  	47
			
	20.	  	 FEES
	  	52
			
	21.	  	 EXPENSES
	  	53
			
	22.	  	 STAMP DUTIES
	  	53
			
	23.	  	 INDEMNITIES
	  	53

  

					
			
	24.	  	 EVIDENCE AND CALCULATIONS
	  	54
			
	25.	  	 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
	  	55
			
	26.	  	 CHANGES TO THE PARTIES
	  	56
			
	27.	  	 DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION
	  	59
			
	28.	  	 SET-OFF
	  	60
			
	29.	  	 PRO RATA SHARING
	  	60
			
	30.	  	 SEVERABILITY
	  	61
			
	31.	  	 COUNTERPARTS
	  	61
			
	32.	  	 NOTICES
	  	61
			
	33.	  	 LANGUAGE
	  	63
			
	34.	  	 JURISDICTION
	  	64
			
	35.	  	 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
	  	65
			
	36.	  	 GOVERNING LAW
	  	65
		
	SCHEDULE 1 VARIOUS PARTIES	  	66
		
	SCHEDULE 2 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS	  	67
		
	SCHEDULE 3 CALCULATION OF THE MANDATORY COST	  	71
		
	SCHEDULE 4 FORM OF REQUEST	  	73
		
	SCHEDULE 5 FORMS OF ACCESSION DOCUMENTS	  	74
		
	SCHEDULE 6 FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF ALLEN & OVERY	  	76
		
	SCHEDULE 7 EXISTING SYNDICATED FACILITIES	  	79
		
	SCHEDULE 8 FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER	  	80

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00066-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00066-of-00352.parquet"}]]